Merge "Align loading animation for first load later reloads"
[lhc/web/wiklou.git] / includes / DefaultSettings.php
1 <?php
2 /**
3 * Default values for MediaWiki configuration settings.
4 *
5 *
6 * NEVER EDIT THIS FILE
7 *
8 *
9 * To customize your installation, edit "LocalSettings.php". If you make
10 * changes here, they will be lost on next upgrade of MediaWiki!
11 *
12 * In this file, variables whose default values depend on other
13 * variables are set to false. The actual default value of these variables
14 * will only be set in Setup.php, taking into account any custom settings
15 * performed in LocalSettings.php.
16 *
17 * Documentation is in the source and on:
18 * https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:Configuration_settings
19 *
20 * @warning Note: this (and other things) will break if the autoloader is not
21 * enabled. Please include includes/AutoLoader.php before including this file.
22 *
23 * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
24 * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
25 * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
26 * (at your option) any later version.
27 *
28 * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
29 * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
30 * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
31 * GNU General Public License for more details.
32 *
33 * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
34 * with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
35 * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
36 * http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html
37 *
38 * @file
39 */
40
41 /**
42 * @cond file_level_code
43 * This is not a valid entry point, perform no further processing unless
44 * MEDIAWIKI is defined
45 */
46 if ( !defined( 'MEDIAWIKI' ) ) {
47 echo "This file is part of MediaWiki and is not a valid entry point\n";
48 die( 1 );
49 }
50
51 /** @endcond */
52
53 /**
54 * wgConf hold the site configuration.
55 * Not used for much in a default install.
56 * @since 1.5
57 */
58 $wgConf = new SiteConfiguration;
59
60 /**
61 * Registry of factory functions to create config objects:
62 * The 'main' key must be set, and the value should be a valid
63 * callable.
64 * @since 1.23
65 */
66 $wgConfigRegistry = [
67 'main' => 'GlobalVarConfig::newInstance'
68 ];
69
70 /**
71 * MediaWiki version number
72 * @since 1.2
73 */
74 $wgVersion = '1.32.0-alpha';
75
76 /**
77 * Name of the site. It must be changed in LocalSettings.php
78 */
79 $wgSitename = 'MediaWiki';
80
81 /**
82 * When the wiki is running behind a proxy and this is set to true, assumes that the proxy exposes
83 * the wiki on the standard ports (443 for https and 80 for http).
84 * @var bool
85 * @since 1.26
86 */
87 $wgAssumeProxiesUseDefaultProtocolPorts = true;
88
89 /**
90 * URL of the server.
91 *
92 * @par Example:
93 * @code
94 * $wgServer = 'http://example.com';
95 * @endcode
96 *
97 * This is usually detected correctly by MediaWiki. If MediaWiki detects the
98 * wrong server, it will redirect incorrectly after you save a page. In that
99 * case, set this variable to fix it.
100 *
101 * If you want to use protocol-relative URLs on your wiki, set this to a
102 * protocol-relative URL like '//example.com' and set $wgCanonicalServer
103 * to a fully qualified URL.
104 */
105 $wgServer = WebRequest::detectServer();
106
107 /**
108 * Canonical URL of the server, to use in IRC feeds and notification e-mails.
109 * Must be fully qualified, even if $wgServer is protocol-relative.
110 *
111 * Defaults to $wgServer, expanded to a fully qualified http:// URL if needed.
112 * @since 1.18
113 */
114 $wgCanonicalServer = false;
115
116 /**
117 * Server name. This is automatically computed by parsing the bare
118 * hostname out of $wgCanonicalServer. It should not be customized.
119 * @since 1.24
120 */
121 $wgServerName = false;
122
123 /************************************************************************//**
124 * @name Script path settings
125 * @{
126 */
127
128 /**
129 * The path we should point to.
130 * It might be a virtual path in case with use apache mod_rewrite for example.
131 *
132 * This *needs* to be set correctly.
133 *
134 * Other paths will be set to defaults based on it unless they are directly
135 * set in LocalSettings.php
136 */
137 $wgScriptPath = '/wiki';
138
139 /**
140 * Whether to support URLs like index.php/Page_title These often break when PHP
141 * is set up in CGI mode. PATH_INFO *may* be correct if cgi.fix_pathinfo is set,
142 * but then again it may not; lighttpd converts incoming path data to lowercase
143 * on systems with case-insensitive filesystems, and there have been reports of
144 * problems on Apache as well.
145 *
146 * To be safe we'll continue to keep it off by default.
147 *
148 * Override this to false if $_SERVER['PATH_INFO'] contains unexpectedly
149 * incorrect garbage, or to true if it is really correct.
150 *
151 * The default $wgArticlePath will be set based on this value at runtime, but if
152 * you have customized it, having this incorrectly set to true can cause
153 * redirect loops when "pretty URLs" are used.
154 * @since 1.2.1
155 */
156 $wgUsePathInfo = ( strpos( PHP_SAPI, 'cgi' ) === false ) &&
157 ( strpos( PHP_SAPI, 'apache2filter' ) === false ) &&
158 ( strpos( PHP_SAPI, 'isapi' ) === false );
159
160 /**@}*/
161
162 /************************************************************************//**
163 * @name URLs and file paths
164 *
165 * These various web and file path variables are set to their defaults
166 * in Setup.php if they are not explicitly set from LocalSettings.php.
167 *
168 * These will relatively rarely need to be set manually, unless you are
169 * splitting style sheets or images outside the main document root.
170 *
171 * In this section, a "path" is usually a host-relative URL, i.e. a URL without
172 * the host part, that starts with a slash. In most cases a full URL is also
173 * acceptable. A "directory" is a local file path.
174 *
175 * In both paths and directories, trailing slashes should not be included.
176 *
177 * @{
178 */
179
180 /**
181 * The URL path to index.php.
182 *
183 * Defaults to "{$wgScriptPath}/index.php".
184 */
185 $wgScript = false;
186
187 /**
188 * The URL path to load.php.
189 *
190 * Defaults to "{$wgScriptPath}/load.php".
191 * @since 1.17
192 */
193 $wgLoadScript = false;
194
195 /**
196 * The URL path of the skins directory.
197 * Defaults to "{$wgResourceBasePath}/skins".
198 * @since 1.3
199 */
200 $wgStylePath = false;
201 $wgStyleSheetPath = &$wgStylePath;
202
203 /**
204 * The URL path of the skins directory. Should not point to an external domain.
205 * Defaults to "{$wgScriptPath}/skins".
206 * @since 1.17
207 */
208 $wgLocalStylePath = false;
209
210 /**
211 * The URL path of the extensions directory.
212 * Defaults to "{$wgResourceBasePath}/extensions".
213 * @since 1.16
214 */
215 $wgExtensionAssetsPath = false;
216
217 /**
218 * Filesystem extensions directory.
219 * Defaults to "{$IP}/extensions".
220 * @since 1.25
221 */
222 $wgExtensionDirectory = "{$IP}/extensions";
223
224 /**
225 * Filesystem stylesheets directory.
226 * Defaults to "{$IP}/skins".
227 * @since 1.3
228 */
229 $wgStyleDirectory = "{$IP}/skins";
230
231 /**
232 * The URL path for primary article page views. This path should contain $1,
233 * which is replaced by the article title.
234 *
235 * Defaults to "{$wgScript}/$1" or "{$wgScript}?title=$1",
236 * depending on $wgUsePathInfo.
237 */
238 $wgArticlePath = false;
239
240 /**
241 * The URL path for the images directory.
242 * Defaults to "{$wgScriptPath}/images".
243 */
244 $wgUploadPath = false;
245
246 /**
247 * The filesystem path of the images directory. Defaults to "{$IP}/images".
248 */
249 $wgUploadDirectory = false;
250
251 /**
252 * Directory where the cached page will be saved.
253 * Defaults to "{$wgUploadDirectory}/cache".
254 */
255 $wgFileCacheDirectory = false;
256
257 /**
258 * The URL path of the wiki logo. The logo size should be 135x135 pixels.
259 * Defaults to "$wgResourceBasePath/resources/assets/wiki.png".
260 */
261 $wgLogo = false;
262
263 /**
264 * Array with URL paths to HD versions of the wiki logo. The scaled logo size
265 * should be under 135x155 pixels.
266 * Only 1.5x and 2x versions are supported.
267 *
268 * @par Example:
269 * @code
270 * $wgLogoHD = [
271 * "1.5x" => "path/to/1.5x_version.png",
272 * "2x" => "path/to/2x_version.png"
273 * ];
274 * @endcode
275 *
276 * SVG is also supported but when enabled, it
277 * disables 1.5x and 2x as svg will already
278 * be optimised for screen resolution.
279 *
280 * @par Example:
281 * @code
282 * $wgLogoHD = [
283 * "svg" => "path/to/svg_version.svg",
284 * ];
285 * @endcode
286 *
287 * @since 1.25
288 */
289 $wgLogoHD = false;
290
291 /**
292 * The URL path of the shortcut icon.
293 * @since 1.6
294 */
295 $wgFavicon = '/favicon.ico';
296
297 /**
298 * The URL path of the icon for iPhone and iPod Touch web app bookmarks.
299 * Defaults to no icon.
300 * @since 1.12
301 */
302 $wgAppleTouchIcon = false;
303
304 /**
305 * Value for the referrer policy meta tag.
306 * One or more of the values defined in the Referrer Policy specification:
307 * https://w3c.github.io/webappsec-referrer-policy/
308 * ('no-referrer', 'no-referrer-when-downgrade', 'same-origin',
309 * 'origin', 'strict-origin', 'origin-when-cross-origin',
310 * 'strict-origin-when-cross-origin', or 'unsafe-url')
311 * Setting it to false prevents the meta tag from being output
312 * (which results in falling back to the Referrer-Policy header,
313 * or 'no-referrer-when-downgrade' if that's not set either.)
314 * Setting it to an array (supported since 1.31) will create a meta tag for
315 * each value, in the reverse of the order (meaning that the first array element
316 * will be the default and the others used as fallbacks for browsers which do not
317 * understand it).
318 *
319 * @var array|string|bool
320 * @since 1.25
321 */
322 $wgReferrerPolicy = false;
323
324 /**
325 * The local filesystem path to a temporary directory. This is not required to
326 * be web accessible.
327 *
328 * When this setting is set to false, its value will be set through a call
329 * to wfTempDir(). See that methods implementation for the actual detection
330 * logic.
331 *
332 * Developers should use the global function wfTempDir() instead of this
333 * variable.
334 *
335 * @see wfTempDir()
336 * @note Default changed to false in MediaWiki 1.20.
337 */
338 $wgTmpDirectory = false;
339
340 /**
341 * If set, this URL is added to the start of $wgUploadPath to form a complete
342 * upload URL.
343 * @since 1.4
344 */
345 $wgUploadBaseUrl = '';
346
347 /**
348 * To enable remote on-demand scaling, set this to the thumbnail base URL.
349 * Full thumbnail URL will be like $wgUploadStashScalerBaseUrl/e/e6/Foo.jpg/123px-Foo.jpg
350 * where 'e6' are the first two characters of the MD5 hash of the file name.
351 * If $wgUploadStashScalerBaseUrl is set to false, thumbs are rendered locally as needed.
352 * @since 1.17
353 */
354 $wgUploadStashScalerBaseUrl = false;
355
356 /**
357 * To set 'pretty' URL paths for actions other than
358 * plain page views, add to this array.
359 *
360 * @par Example:
361 * Set pretty URL for the edit action:
362 * @code
363 * 'edit' => "$wgScriptPath/edit/$1"
364 * @endcode
365 *
366 * There must be an appropriate script or rewrite rule in place to handle these
367 * URLs.
368 * @since 1.5
369 */
370 $wgActionPaths = [];
371
372 /**@}*/
373
374 /************************************************************************//**
375 * @name Files and file uploads
376 * @{
377 */
378
379 /**
380 * Uploads have to be specially set up to be secure
381 */
382 $wgEnableUploads = false;
383
384 /**
385 * The maximum age of temporary (incomplete) uploaded files
386 */
387 $wgUploadStashMaxAge = 6 * 3600; // 6 hours
388
389 /**
390 * Allows to move images and other media files
391 */
392 $wgAllowImageMoving = true;
393
394 /**
395 * Enable deferred upload tasks that use the job queue.
396 * Only enable this if job runners are set up for both the
397 * 'AssembleUploadChunks' and 'PublishStashedFile' job types.
398 *
399 * @note If you use suhosin, this setting is incompatible with
400 * suhosin.session.encrypt.
401 */
402 $wgEnableAsyncUploads = false;
403
404 /**
405 * Additional characters that are not allowed in filenames. They are replaced with '-' when
406 * uploading. Like $wgLegalTitleChars, this is a regexp character class.
407 *
408 * Slashes and backslashes are disallowed regardless of this setting, but included here for
409 * completeness.
410 */
411 $wgIllegalFileChars = ":\\/\\\\";
412
413 /**
414 * What directory to place deleted uploads in.
415 * Defaults to "{$wgUploadDirectory}/deleted".
416 */
417 $wgDeletedDirectory = false;
418
419 /**
420 * Set this to true if you use img_auth and want the user to see details on why access failed.
421 */
422 $wgImgAuthDetails = false;
423
424 /**
425 * Map of relative URL directories to match to internal mwstore:// base storage paths.
426 * For img_auth.php requests, everything after "img_auth.php/" is checked to see
427 * if starts with any of the prefixes defined here. The prefixes should not overlap.
428 * The prefix that matches has a corresponding storage path, which the rest of the URL
429 * is assumed to be relative to. The file at that path (or a 404) is send to the client.
430 *
431 * Example:
432 * $wgImgAuthUrlPathMap['/timeline/'] = 'mwstore://local-fs/timeline-render/';
433 * The above maps ".../img_auth.php/timeline/X" to "mwstore://local-fs/timeline-render/".
434 * The name "local-fs" should correspond by name to an entry in $wgFileBackends.
435 *
436 * @see $wgFileBackends
437 */
438 $wgImgAuthUrlPathMap = [];
439
440 /**
441 * File repository structures
442 *
443 * $wgLocalFileRepo is a single repository structure, and $wgForeignFileRepos is
444 * an array of such structures. Each repository structure is an associative
445 * array of properties configuring the repository.
446 *
447 * Properties required for all repos:
448 * - class The class name for the repository. May come from the core or an extension.
449 * The core repository classes are FileRepo, LocalRepo, ForeignDBRepo.
450 *
451 * - name A unique name for the repository (but $wgLocalFileRepo should be 'local').
452 * The name should consist of alpha-numeric characters.
453 * - backend A file backend name (see $wgFileBackends).
454 *
455 * For most core repos:
456 * - zones Associative array of zone names that each map to an array with:
457 * container : backend container name the zone is in
458 * directory : root path within container for the zone
459 * url : base URL to the root of the zone
460 * urlsByExt : map of file extension types to base URLs
461 * (useful for using a different cache for videos)
462 * Zones default to using "<repo name>-<zone name>" as the container name
463 * and default to using the container root as the zone's root directory.
464 * Nesting of zone locations within other zones should be avoided.
465 * - url Public zone URL. The 'zones' settings take precedence.
466 * - hashLevels The number of directory levels for hash-based division of files
467 * - thumbScriptUrl The URL for thumb.php (optional, not recommended)
468 * - transformVia404 Whether to skip media file transformation on parse and rely on a 404
469 * handler instead.
470 * - initialCapital Equivalent to $wgCapitalLinks (or $wgCapitalLinkOverrides[NS_FILE],
471 * determines whether filenames implicitly start with a capital letter.
472 * The current implementation may give incorrect description page links
473 * when the local $wgCapitalLinks and initialCapital are mismatched.
474 * - pathDisclosureProtection
475 * May be 'paranoid' to remove all parameters from error messages, 'none' to
476 * leave the paths in unchanged, or 'simple' to replace paths with
477 * placeholders. Default for LocalRepo is 'simple'.
478 * - fileMode This allows wikis to set the file mode when uploading/moving files. Default
479 * is 0644.
480 * - directory The local filesystem directory where public files are stored. Not used for
481 * some remote repos.
482 * - thumbDir The base thumbnail directory. Defaults to "<directory>/thumb".
483 * - thumbUrl The base thumbnail URL. Defaults to "<url>/thumb".
484 * - isPrivate Set this if measures should always be taken to keep the files private.
485 * One should not trust this to assure that the files are not web readable;
486 * the server configuration should be done manually depending on the backend.
487 *
488 * These settings describe a foreign MediaWiki installation. They are optional, and will be ignored
489 * for local repositories:
490 * - descBaseUrl URL of image description pages, e.g. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/File:
491 * - scriptDirUrl URL of the MediaWiki installation, equivalent to $wgScriptPath, e.g.
492 * https://en.wikipedia.org/w
493 * - articleUrl Equivalent to $wgArticlePath, e.g. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/$1
494 * - fetchDescription Fetch the text of the remote file description page. Equivalent to
495 * $wgFetchCommonsDescriptions.
496 * - abbrvThreshold File names over this size will use the short form of thumbnail names.
497 * Short thumbnail names only have the width, parameters, and the extension.
498 *
499 * ForeignDBRepo:
500 * - dbType, dbServer, dbUser, dbPassword, dbName, dbFlags
501 * equivalent to the corresponding member of $wgDBservers
502 * - tablePrefix Table prefix, the foreign wiki's $wgDBprefix
503 * - hasSharedCache True if the wiki's shared cache is accessible via the local $wgMemc
504 *
505 * ForeignAPIRepo:
506 * - apibase Use for the foreign API's URL
507 * - apiThumbCacheExpiry How long to locally cache thumbs for
508 *
509 * If you leave $wgLocalFileRepo set to false, Setup will fill in appropriate values.
510 * Otherwise, set $wgLocalFileRepo to a repository structure as described above.
511 * If you set $wgUseInstantCommons to true, it will add an entry for Commons.
512 * If you set $wgForeignFileRepos to an array of repository structures, those will
513 * be searched after the local file repo.
514 * Otherwise, you will only have access to local media files.
515 *
516 * @see Setup.php for an example usage and default initialization.
517 */
518 $wgLocalFileRepo = false;
519
520 /**
521 * @see $wgLocalFileRepo
522 */
523 $wgForeignFileRepos = [];
524
525 /**
526 * Use Commons as a remote file repository. Essentially a wrapper, when this
527 * is enabled $wgForeignFileRepos will point at Commons with a set of default
528 * settings
529 */
530 $wgUseInstantCommons = false;
531
532 /**
533 * Array of foreign file repo names (set in $wgForeignFileRepos above) that
534 * are allowable upload targets. These wikis must have some method of
535 * authentication (i.e. CentralAuth), and be CORS-enabled for this wiki.
536 * The string 'local' signifies the default local file repository.
537 *
538 * Example:
539 * $wgForeignUploadTargets = [ 'shared' ];
540 */
541 $wgForeignUploadTargets = [ 'local' ];
542
543 /**
544 * Configuration for file uploads using the embeddable upload dialog
545 * (https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Upload_dialog).
546 *
547 * This applies also to foreign uploads to this wiki (the configuration is loaded by remote wikis
548 * using the action=query&meta=siteinfo API).
549 *
550 * See below for documentation of each property. None of the properties may be omitted.
551 */
552 $wgUploadDialog = [
553 // Fields to make available in the dialog. `true` means that this field is visible, `false` means
554 // that it is hidden. The "Name" field can't be hidden. Note that you also have to add the
555 // matching replacement to the 'filepage' format key below to make use of these.
556 'fields' => [
557 'description' => true,
558 'date' => false,
559 'categories' => false,
560 ],
561 // Suffix of localisation messages used to describe the license under which the uploaded file will
562 // be released. The same value may be set for both 'local' and 'foreign' uploads.
563 'licensemessages' => [
564 // The 'local' messages are used for local uploads on this wiki:
565 // * upload-form-label-own-work-message-generic-local
566 // * upload-form-label-not-own-work-message-generic-local
567 // * upload-form-label-not-own-work-local-generic-local
568 'local' => 'generic-local',
569 // The 'foreign' messages are used for cross-wiki uploads from other wikis to this wiki:
570 // * upload-form-label-own-work-message-generic-foreign
571 // * upload-form-label-not-own-work-message-generic-foreign
572 // * upload-form-label-not-own-work-local-generic-foreign
573 'foreign' => 'generic-foreign',
574 ],
575 // Upload comments to use for 'local' and 'foreign' uploads. This can also be set to a single
576 // string value, in which case it is used for both kinds of uploads. Available replacements:
577 // * $HOST - domain name from which a cross-wiki upload originates
578 // * $PAGENAME - wiki page name from which an upload originates
579 'comment' => [
580 'local' => '',
581 'foreign' => '',
582 ],
583 // Format of the file page wikitext to be generated from the fields input by the user.
584 'format' => [
585 // Wrapper for the whole page. Available replacements:
586 // * $DESCRIPTION - file description, as input by the user (only if the 'description' field is
587 // enabled), wrapped as defined below in the 'description' key
588 // * $DATE - file creation date, as input by the user (only if the 'date' field is enabled)
589 // * $SOURCE - as defined below in the 'ownwork' key, may be extended in the future
590 // * $AUTHOR - linked user name, may be extended in the future
591 // * $LICENSE - as defined below in the 'license' key, may be extended in the future
592 // * $CATEGORIES - file categories wikitext, as input by the user (only if the 'categories'
593 // field is enabled), or if no input, as defined below in the 'uncategorized' key
594 'filepage' => '$DESCRIPTION',
595 // Wrapped for file description. Available replacements:
596 // * $LANGUAGE - source wiki's content language
597 // * $TEXT - input by the user
598 'description' => '$TEXT',
599 'ownwork' => '',
600 'license' => '',
601 'uncategorized' => '',
602 ],
603 ];
604
605 /**
606 * File backend structure configuration.
607 *
608 * This is an array of file backend configuration arrays.
609 * Each backend configuration has the following parameters:
610 * - 'name' : A unique name for the backend
611 * - 'class' : The file backend class to use
612 * - 'wikiId' : A unique string that identifies the wiki (container prefix)
613 * - 'lockManager' : The name of a lock manager (see $wgLockManagers)
614 *
615 * See FileBackend::__construct() for more details.
616 * Additional parameters are specific to the file backend class used.
617 * These settings should be global to all wikis when possible.
618 *
619 * FileBackendMultiWrite::__construct() is augmented with a 'template' option that
620 * can be used in any of the values of the 'backends' array. Its value is the name of
621 * another backend in $wgFileBackends. When set, it pre-fills the array with all of the
622 * configuration of the named backend. Explicitly set values in the array take precedence.
623 *
624 * There are two particularly important aspects about each backend:
625 * - a) Whether it is fully qualified or wiki-relative.
626 * By default, the paths of files are relative to the current wiki,
627 * which works via prefixing them with the current wiki ID when accessed.
628 * Setting 'wikiId' forces the backend to be fully qualified by prefixing
629 * all paths with the specified value instead. This can be useful if
630 * multiple wikis need to share the same data. Note that 'name' is *not*
631 * part of any prefix and thus should not be relied upon for namespacing.
632 * - b) Whether it is only defined for some wikis or is defined on all
633 * wikis in the wiki farm. Defining a backend globally is useful
634 * if multiple wikis need to share the same data.
635 * One should be aware of these aspects when configuring a backend for use with
636 * any basic feature or plugin. For example, suppose an extension stores data for
637 * different wikis in different directories and sometimes needs to access data from
638 * a foreign wiki's directory in order to render a page on given wiki. The extension
639 * would need a fully qualified backend that is defined on all wikis in the wiki farm.
640 */
641 $wgFileBackends = [];
642
643 /**
644 * Array of configuration arrays for each lock manager.
645 * Each backend configuration has the following parameters:
646 * - 'name' : A unique name for the lock manager
647 * - 'class' : The lock manger class to use
648 *
649 * See LockManager::__construct() for more details.
650 * Additional parameters are specific to the lock manager class used.
651 * These settings should be global to all wikis.
652 *
653 * When using DBLockManager, the 'dbsByBucket' map can reference 'localDBMaster' as
654 * a peer database in each bucket. This will result in an extra connection to the domain
655 * that the LockManager services, which must also be a valid wiki ID.
656 */
657 $wgLockManagers = [];
658
659 /**
660 * Show Exif data, on by default if available.
661 * Requires PHP's Exif extension: https://secure.php.net/manual/en/ref.exif.php
662 *
663 * @note FOR WINDOWS USERS:
664 * To enable Exif functions, add the following line to the "Windows
665 * extensions" section of php.ini:
666 * @code{.ini}
667 * extension=extensions/php_exif.dll
668 * @endcode
669 */
670 $wgShowEXIF = function_exists( 'exif_read_data' );
671
672 /**
673 * If to automatically update the img_metadata field
674 * if the metadata field is outdated but compatible with the current version.
675 * Defaults to false.
676 */
677 $wgUpdateCompatibleMetadata = false;
678
679 /**
680 * If you operate multiple wikis, you can define a shared upload path here.
681 * Uploads to this wiki will NOT be put there - they will be put into
682 * $wgUploadDirectory.
683 * If $wgUseSharedUploads is set, the wiki will look in the shared repository if
684 * no file of the given name is found in the local repository (for [[File:..]],
685 * [[Media:..]] links). Thumbnails will also be looked for and generated in this
686 * directory.
687 *
688 * Note that these configuration settings can now be defined on a per-
689 * repository basis for an arbitrary number of file repositories, using the
690 * $wgForeignFileRepos variable.
691 */
692 $wgUseSharedUploads = false;
693
694 /**
695 * Full path on the web server where shared uploads can be found
696 */
697 $wgSharedUploadPath = null;
698
699 /**
700 * Fetch commons image description pages and display them on the local wiki?
701 */
702 $wgFetchCommonsDescriptions = false;
703
704 /**
705 * Path on the file system where shared uploads can be found.
706 */
707 $wgSharedUploadDirectory = null;
708
709 /**
710 * DB name with metadata about shared directory.
711 * Set this to false if the uploads do not come from a wiki.
712 */
713 $wgSharedUploadDBname = false;
714
715 /**
716 * Optional table prefix used in database.
717 */
718 $wgSharedUploadDBprefix = '';
719
720 /**
721 * Cache shared metadata in memcached.
722 * Don't do this if the commons wiki is in a different memcached domain
723 */
724 $wgCacheSharedUploads = true;
725
726 /**
727 * Allow for upload to be copied from an URL.
728 * The timeout for copy uploads is set by $wgCopyUploadTimeout.
729 * You have to assign the user right 'upload_by_url' to a user group, to use this.
730 */
731 $wgAllowCopyUploads = false;
732
733 /**
734 * A list of domains copy uploads can come from
735 *
736 * @since 1.20
737 */
738 $wgCopyUploadsDomains = [];
739
740 /**
741 * Enable copy uploads from Special:Upload. $wgAllowCopyUploads must also be
742 * true. If $wgAllowCopyUploads is true, but this is false, you will only be
743 * able to perform copy uploads from the API or extensions (e.g. UploadWizard).
744 */
745 $wgCopyUploadsFromSpecialUpload = false;
746
747 /**
748 * Proxy to use for copy upload requests.
749 * @since 1.20
750 */
751 $wgCopyUploadProxy = false;
752
753 /**
754 * Different timeout for upload by url
755 * This could be useful since when fetching large files, you may want a
756 * timeout longer than the default $wgHTTPTimeout. False means fallback
757 * to default.
758 *
759 * @var int|bool
760 *
761 * @since 1.22
762 */
763 $wgCopyUploadTimeout = false;
764
765 /**
766 * Max size for uploads, in bytes. If not set to an array, applies to all
767 * uploads. If set to an array, per upload type maximums can be set, using the
768 * file and url keys. If the * key is set this value will be used as maximum
769 * for non-specified types.
770 *
771 * @par Example:
772 * @code
773 * $wgMaxUploadSize = [
774 * '*' => 250 * 1024,
775 * 'url' => 500 * 1024,
776 * ];
777 * @endcode
778 * Sets the maximum for all uploads to 250 kB except for upload-by-url, which
779 * will have a maximum of 500 kB.
780 */
781 $wgMaxUploadSize = 1024 * 1024 * 100; # 100MB
782
783 /**
784 * Minimum upload chunk size, in bytes. When using chunked upload, non-final
785 * chunks smaller than this will be rejected. May be reduced based on the
786 * 'upload_max_filesize' or 'post_max_size' PHP settings.
787 * @since 1.26
788 */
789 $wgMinUploadChunkSize = 1024; # 1KB
790
791 /**
792 * Point the upload navigation link to an external URL
793 * Useful if you want to use a shared repository by default
794 * without disabling local uploads (use $wgEnableUploads = false for that).
795 *
796 * @par Example:
797 * @code
798 * $wgUploadNavigationUrl = 'https://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/Special:Upload';
799 * @endcode
800 */
801 $wgUploadNavigationUrl = false;
802
803 /**
804 * Point the upload link for missing files to an external URL, as with
805 * $wgUploadNavigationUrl. The URL will get "(?|&)wpDestFile=<filename>"
806 * appended to it as appropriate.
807 */
808 $wgUploadMissingFileUrl = false;
809
810 /**
811 * Give a path here to use thumb.php for thumbnail generation on client
812 * request, instead of generating them on render and outputting a static URL.
813 * This is necessary if some of your apache servers don't have read/write
814 * access to the thumbnail path.
815 *
816 * @par Example:
817 * @code
818 * $wgThumbnailScriptPath = "{$wgScriptPath}/thumb.php";
819 * @endcode
820 */
821 $wgThumbnailScriptPath = false;
822
823 /**
824 * @see $wgThumbnailScriptPath
825 */
826 $wgSharedThumbnailScriptPath = false;
827
828 /**
829 * Set this to false if you do not want MediaWiki to divide your images
830 * directory into many subdirectories, for improved performance.
831 *
832 * It's almost always good to leave this enabled. In previous versions of
833 * MediaWiki, some users set this to false to allow images to be added to the
834 * wiki by simply copying them into $wgUploadDirectory and then running
835 * maintenance/rebuildImages.php to register them in the database. This is no
836 * longer recommended, use maintenance/importImages.php instead.
837 *
838 * @note That this variable may be ignored if $wgLocalFileRepo is set.
839 * @todo Deprecate the setting and ultimately remove it from Core.
840 */
841 $wgHashedUploadDirectory = true;
842
843 /**
844 * Set the following to false especially if you have a set of files that need to
845 * be accessible by all wikis, and you do not want to use the hash (path/a/aa/)
846 * directory layout.
847 */
848 $wgHashedSharedUploadDirectory = true;
849
850 /**
851 * Base URL for a repository wiki. Leave this blank if uploads are just stored
852 * in a shared directory and not meant to be accessible through a separate wiki.
853 * Otherwise the image description pages on the local wiki will link to the
854 * image description page on this wiki.
855 *
856 * Please specify the namespace, as in the example below.
857 */
858 $wgRepositoryBaseUrl = "https://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/File:";
859
860 /**
861 * This is the list of preferred extensions for uploading files. Uploading files
862 * with extensions not in this list will trigger a warning.
863 *
864 * @warning If you add any OpenOffice or Microsoft Office file formats here,
865 * such as odt or doc, and untrusted users are allowed to upload files, then
866 * your wiki will be vulnerable to cross-site request forgery (CSRF).
867 */
868 $wgFileExtensions = [ 'png', 'gif', 'jpg', 'jpeg', 'webp' ];
869
870 /**
871 * Files with these extensions will never be allowed as uploads.
872 * An array of file extensions to blacklist. You should append to this array
873 * if you want to blacklist additional files.
874 */
875 $wgFileBlacklist = [
876 # HTML may contain cookie-stealing JavaScript and web bugs
877 'html', 'htm', 'js', 'jsb', 'mhtml', 'mht', 'xhtml', 'xht',
878 # PHP scripts may execute arbitrary code on the server
879 'php', 'phtml', 'php3', 'php4', 'php5', 'phps',
880 # Other types that may be interpreted by some servers
881 'shtml', 'jhtml', 'pl', 'py', 'cgi',
882 # May contain harmful executables for Windows victims
883 'exe', 'scr', 'dll', 'msi', 'vbs', 'bat', 'com', 'pif', 'cmd', 'vxd', 'cpl' ];
884
885 /**
886 * Files with these MIME types will never be allowed as uploads
887 * if $wgVerifyMimeType is enabled.
888 */
889 $wgMimeTypeBlacklist = [
890 # HTML may contain cookie-stealing JavaScript and web bugs
891 'text/html', 'text/javascript', 'text/x-javascript', 'application/x-shellscript',
892 # PHP scripts may execute arbitrary code on the server
893 'application/x-php', 'text/x-php',
894 # Other types that may be interpreted by some servers
895 'text/x-python', 'text/x-perl', 'text/x-bash', 'text/x-sh', 'text/x-csh',
896 # Client-side hazards on Internet Explorer
897 'text/scriptlet', 'application/x-msdownload',
898 # Windows metafile, client-side vulnerability on some systems
899 'application/x-msmetafile',
900 ];
901
902 /**
903 * Allow Java archive uploads.
904 * This is not recommended for public wikis since a maliciously-constructed
905 * applet running on the same domain as the wiki can steal the user's cookies.
906 */
907 $wgAllowJavaUploads = false;
908
909 /**
910 * This is a flag to determine whether or not to check file extensions on upload.
911 *
912 * @warning Setting this to false is insecure for public wikis.
913 */
914 $wgCheckFileExtensions = true;
915
916 /**
917 * If this is turned off, users may override the warning for files not covered
918 * by $wgFileExtensions.
919 *
920 * @warning Setting this to false is insecure for public wikis.
921 */
922 $wgStrictFileExtensions = true;
923
924 /**
925 * Setting this to true will disable the upload system's checks for HTML/JavaScript.
926 *
927 * @warning THIS IS VERY DANGEROUS on a publicly editable site, so USE
928 * $wgGroupPermissions TO RESTRICT UPLOADING to only those that you trust
929 */
930 $wgDisableUploadScriptChecks = false;
931
932 /**
933 * Warn if uploaded files are larger than this (in bytes), or false to disable
934 */
935 $wgUploadSizeWarning = false;
936
937 /**
938 * list of trusted media-types and MIME types.
939 * Use the MEDIATYPE_xxx constants to represent media types.
940 * This list is used by File::isSafeFile
941 *
942 * Types not listed here will have a warning about unsafe content
943 * displayed on the images description page. It would also be possible
944 * to use this for further restrictions, like disabling direct
945 * [[media:...]] links for non-trusted formats.
946 */
947 $wgTrustedMediaFormats = [
948 MEDIATYPE_BITMAP, // all bitmap formats
949 MEDIATYPE_AUDIO, // all audio formats
950 MEDIATYPE_VIDEO, // all plain video formats
951 "image/svg+xml", // svg (only needed if inline rendering of svg is not supported)
952 "application/pdf", // PDF files
953 # "application/x-shockwave-flash", //flash/shockwave movie
954 ];
955
956 /**
957 * Plugins for media file type handling.
958 * Each entry in the array maps a MIME type to a class name
959 *
960 * Core media handlers are listed in MediaHandlerFactory,
961 * and extensions should use extension.json.
962 */
963 $wgMediaHandlers = [];
964
965 /**
966 * Media handler overrides for parser tests (they don't need to generate actual
967 * thumbnails, so a mock will do)
968 */
969 $wgParserTestMediaHandlers = [
970 'image/jpeg' => 'MockBitmapHandler',
971 'image/png' => 'MockBitmapHandler',
972 'image/gif' => 'MockBitmapHandler',
973 'image/tiff' => 'MockBitmapHandler',
974 'image/webp' => 'MockBitmapHandler',
975 'image/x-ms-bmp' => 'MockBitmapHandler',
976 'image/x-bmp' => 'MockBitmapHandler',
977 'image/x-xcf' => 'MockBitmapHandler',
978 'image/svg+xml' => 'MockSvgHandler',
979 'image/vnd.djvu' => 'MockDjVuHandler',
980 ];
981
982 /**
983 * Plugins for page content model handling.
984 * Each entry in the array maps a model id to a class name or callback
985 * that creates an instance of the appropriate ContentHandler subclass.
986 *
987 * @since 1.21
988 */
989 $wgContentHandlers = [
990 // the usual case
991 CONTENT_MODEL_WIKITEXT => WikitextContentHandler::class,
992 // dumb version, no syntax highlighting
993 CONTENT_MODEL_JAVASCRIPT => JavaScriptContentHandler::class,
994 // simple implementation, for use by extensions, etc.
995 CONTENT_MODEL_JSON => JsonContentHandler::class,
996 // dumb version, no syntax highlighting
997 CONTENT_MODEL_CSS => CssContentHandler::class,
998 // plain text, for use by extensions, etc.
999 CONTENT_MODEL_TEXT => TextContentHandler::class,
1000 ];
1001
1002 /**
1003 * Whether to enable server-side image thumbnailing. If false, images will
1004 * always be sent to the client in full resolution, with appropriate width= and
1005 * height= attributes on the <img> tag for the client to do its own scaling.
1006 */
1007 $wgUseImageResize = true;
1008
1009 /**
1010 * Resizing can be done using PHP's internal image libraries or using
1011 * ImageMagick or another third-party converter, e.g. GraphicMagick.
1012 * These support more file formats than PHP, which only supports PNG,
1013 * GIF, JPG, XBM and WBMP.
1014 *
1015 * Use Image Magick instead of PHP builtin functions.
1016 */
1017 $wgUseImageMagick = false;
1018
1019 /**
1020 * The convert command shipped with ImageMagick
1021 */
1022 $wgImageMagickConvertCommand = '/usr/bin/convert';
1023
1024 /**
1025 * Array of max pixel areas for interlacing per MIME type
1026 * @since 1.27
1027 */
1028 $wgMaxInterlacingAreas = [];
1029
1030 /**
1031 * Sharpening parameter to ImageMagick
1032 */
1033 $wgSharpenParameter = '0x0.4';
1034
1035 /**
1036 * Reduction in linear dimensions below which sharpening will be enabled
1037 */
1038 $wgSharpenReductionThreshold = 0.85;
1039
1040 /**
1041 * Temporary directory used for ImageMagick. The directory must exist. Leave
1042 * this set to false to let ImageMagick decide for itself.
1043 */
1044 $wgImageMagickTempDir = false;
1045
1046 /**
1047 * Use another resizing converter, e.g. GraphicMagick
1048 * %s will be replaced with the source path, %d with the destination
1049 * %w and %h will be replaced with the width and height.
1050 *
1051 * @par Example for GraphicMagick:
1052 * @code
1053 * $wgCustomConvertCommand = "gm convert %s -resize %wx%h %d"
1054 * @endcode
1055 *
1056 * Leave as false to skip this.
1057 */
1058 $wgCustomConvertCommand = false;
1059
1060 /**
1061 * used for lossless jpeg rotation
1062 *
1063 * @since 1.21
1064 */
1065 $wgJpegTran = '/usr/bin/jpegtran';
1066
1067 /**
1068 * At default setting of 'yuv420', JPEG thumbnails will use 4:2:0 chroma
1069 * subsampling to reduce file size, at the cost of possible color fringing
1070 * at sharp edges.
1071 *
1072 * See https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Chroma_subsampling
1073 *
1074 * Supported values:
1075 * false - use scaling system's default (same as pre-1.27 behavior)
1076 * 'yuv444' - luma and chroma at same resolution
1077 * 'yuv422' - chroma at 1/2 resolution horizontally, full vertically
1078 * 'yuv420' - chroma at 1/2 resolution in both dimensions
1079 *
1080 * This setting is currently supported only for the ImageMagick backend;
1081 * others may default to 4:2:0 or 4:4:4 or maintaining the source file's
1082 * sampling in the thumbnail.
1083 *
1084 * @since 1.27
1085 */
1086 $wgJpegPixelFormat = 'yuv420';
1087
1088 /**
1089 * When scaling a JPEG thumbnail, this is the quality we request
1090 * from the backend. It should be an int between 1 and 100,
1091 * with 100 indicating 100% quality.
1092 *
1093 * @since 1.32
1094 */
1095 $wgJpegQuality = 80;
1096
1097 /**
1098 * Some tests and extensions use exiv2 to manipulate the Exif metadata in some
1099 * image formats.
1100 */
1101 $wgExiv2Command = '/usr/bin/exiv2';
1102
1103 /**
1104 * Path to exiftool binary. Used for lossless ICC profile swapping.
1105 *
1106 * @since 1.26
1107 */
1108 $wgExiftool = '/usr/bin/exiftool';
1109
1110 /**
1111 * Scalable Vector Graphics (SVG) may be uploaded as images.
1112 * Since SVG support is not yet standard in browsers, it is
1113 * necessary to rasterize SVGs to PNG as a fallback format.
1114 *
1115 * An external program is required to perform this conversion.
1116 * If set to an array, the first item is a PHP callable and any further items
1117 * are passed as parameters after $srcPath, $dstPath, $width, $height
1118 */
1119 $wgSVGConverters = [
1120 'ImageMagick' =>
1121 '$path/convert -background "#ffffff00" -thumbnail $widthx$height\! $input PNG:$output',
1122 'sodipodi' => '$path/sodipodi -z -w $width -f $input -e $output',
1123 'inkscape' => '$path/inkscape -z -w $width -f $input -e $output',
1124 'batik' => 'java -Djava.awt.headless=true -jar $path/batik-rasterizer.jar -w $width -d '
1125 . '$output $input',
1126 'rsvg' => '$path/rsvg-convert -w $width -h $height -o $output $input',
1127 'imgserv' => '$path/imgserv-wrapper -i svg -o png -w$width $input $output',
1128 'ImagickExt' => [ 'SvgHandler::rasterizeImagickExt' ],
1129 ];
1130
1131 /**
1132 * Pick a converter defined in $wgSVGConverters
1133 */
1134 $wgSVGConverter = 'ImageMagick';
1135
1136 /**
1137 * If not in the executable PATH, specify the SVG converter path.
1138 */
1139 $wgSVGConverterPath = '';
1140
1141 /**
1142 * Don't scale a SVG larger than this
1143 */
1144 $wgSVGMaxSize = 5120;
1145
1146 /**
1147 * Don't read SVG metadata beyond this point.
1148 * Default is 1024*256 bytes
1149 */
1150 $wgSVGMetadataCutoff = 262144;
1151
1152 /**
1153 * Disallow <title> element in SVG files.
1154 *
1155 * MediaWiki will reject HTMLesque tags in uploaded files due to idiotic
1156 * browsers which can not perform basic stuff like MIME detection and which are
1157 * vulnerable to further idiots uploading crap files as images.
1158 *
1159 * When this directive is on, "<title>" will be allowed in files with an
1160 * "image/svg+xml" MIME type. You should leave this disabled if your web server
1161 * is misconfigured and doesn't send appropriate MIME types for SVG images.
1162 */
1163 $wgAllowTitlesInSVG = false;
1164
1165 /**
1166 * The maximum number of pixels a source image can have if it is to be scaled
1167 * down by a scaler that requires the full source image to be decompressed
1168 * and stored in decompressed form, before the thumbnail is generated.
1169 *
1170 * This provides a limit on memory usage for the decompression side of the
1171 * image scaler. The limit is used when scaling PNGs with any of the
1172 * built-in image scalers, such as ImageMagick or GD. It is ignored for
1173 * JPEGs with ImageMagick, and when using the VipsScaler extension.
1174 *
1175 * The default is 50 MB if decompressed to RGBA form, which corresponds to
1176 * 12.5 million pixels or 3500x3500.
1177 */
1178 $wgMaxImageArea = 1.25e7;
1179
1180 /**
1181 * Force thumbnailing of animated GIFs above this size to a single
1182 * frame instead of an animated thumbnail. As of MW 1.17 this limit
1183 * is checked against the total size of all frames in the animation.
1184 * It probably makes sense to keep this equal to $wgMaxImageArea.
1185 */
1186 $wgMaxAnimatedGifArea = 1.25e7;
1187
1188 /**
1189 * Browsers don't support TIFF inline generally...
1190 * For inline display, we need to convert to PNG or JPEG.
1191 * Note scaling should work with ImageMagick, but may not with GD scaling.
1192 *
1193 * @par Example:
1194 * @code
1195 * // PNG is lossless, but inefficient for photos
1196 * $wgTiffThumbnailType = [ 'png', 'image/png' ];
1197 * // JPEG is good for photos, but has no transparency support. Bad for diagrams.
1198 * $wgTiffThumbnailType = [ 'jpg', 'image/jpeg' ];
1199 * @endcode
1200 */
1201 $wgTiffThumbnailType = false;
1202
1203 /**
1204 * If rendered thumbnail files are older than this timestamp, they
1205 * will be rerendered on demand as if the file didn't already exist.
1206 * Update if there is some need to force thumbs and SVG rasterizations
1207 * to rerender, such as fixes to rendering bugs.
1208 */
1209 $wgThumbnailEpoch = '20030516000000';
1210
1211 /**
1212 * Certain operations are avoided if there were too many recent failures,
1213 * for example, thumbnail generation. Bump this value to invalidate all
1214 * memory of failed operations and thus allow further attempts to resume.
1215 * This is useful when a cause for the failures has been found and fixed.
1216 */
1217 $wgAttemptFailureEpoch = 1;
1218
1219 /**
1220 * If set, inline scaled images will still produce "<img>" tags ready for
1221 * output instead of showing an error message.
1222 *
1223 * This may be useful if errors are transitory, especially if the site
1224 * is configured to automatically render thumbnails on request.
1225 *
1226 * On the other hand, it may obscure error conditions from debugging.
1227 * Enable the debug log or the 'thumbnail' log group to make sure errors
1228 * are logged to a file for review.
1229 */
1230 $wgIgnoreImageErrors = false;
1231
1232 /**
1233 * Allow thumbnail rendering on page view. If this is false, a valid
1234 * thumbnail URL is still output, but no file will be created at
1235 * the target location. This may save some time if you have a
1236 * thumb.php or 404 handler set up which is faster than the regular
1237 * webserver(s).
1238 */
1239 $wgGenerateThumbnailOnParse = true;
1240
1241 /**
1242 * Show thumbnails for old images on the image description page
1243 */
1244 $wgShowArchiveThumbnails = true;
1245
1246 /**
1247 * If set to true, images that contain certain the exif orientation tag will
1248 * be rotated accordingly. If set to null, try to auto-detect whether a scaler
1249 * is available that can rotate.
1250 */
1251 $wgEnableAutoRotation = null;
1252
1253 /**
1254 * Internal name of virus scanner. This serves as a key to the
1255 * $wgAntivirusSetup array. Set this to NULL to disable virus scanning. If not
1256 * null, every file uploaded will be scanned for viruses.
1257 */
1258 $wgAntivirus = null;
1259
1260 /**
1261 * Configuration for different virus scanners. This an associative array of
1262 * associative arrays. It contains one setup array per known scanner type.
1263 * The entry is selected by $wgAntivirus, i.e.
1264 * valid values for $wgAntivirus are the keys defined in this array.
1265 *
1266 * The configuration array for each scanner contains the following keys:
1267 * "command", "codemap", "messagepattern":
1268 *
1269 * "command" is the full command to call the virus scanner - %f will be
1270 * replaced with the name of the file to scan. If not present, the filename
1271 * will be appended to the command. Note that this must be overwritten if the
1272 * scanner is not in the system path; in that case, please set
1273 * $wgAntivirusSetup[$wgAntivirus]['command'] to the desired command with full
1274 * path.
1275 *
1276 * "codemap" is a mapping of exit code to return codes of the detectVirus
1277 * function in SpecialUpload.
1278 * - An exit code mapped to AV_SCAN_FAILED causes the function to consider
1279 * the scan to be failed. This will pass the file if $wgAntivirusRequired
1280 * is not set.
1281 * - An exit code mapped to AV_SCAN_ABORTED causes the function to consider
1282 * the file to have an unsupported format, which is probably immune to
1283 * viruses. This causes the file to pass.
1284 * - An exit code mapped to AV_NO_VIRUS will cause the file to pass, meaning
1285 * no virus was found.
1286 * - All other codes (like AV_VIRUS_FOUND) will cause the function to report
1287 * a virus.
1288 * - You may use "*" as a key in the array to catch all exit codes not mapped otherwise.
1289 *
1290 * "messagepattern" is a perl regular expression to extract the meaningful part of the scanners
1291 * output. The relevant part should be matched as group one (\1).
1292 * If not defined or the pattern does not match, the full message is shown to the user.
1293 */
1294 $wgAntivirusSetup = [
1295
1296 # setup for clamav
1297 'clamav' => [
1298 'command' => 'clamscan --no-summary ',
1299 'codemap' => [
1300 "0" => AV_NO_VIRUS, # no virus
1301 "1" => AV_VIRUS_FOUND, # virus found
1302 "52" => AV_SCAN_ABORTED, # unsupported file format (probably immune)
1303 "*" => AV_SCAN_FAILED, # else scan failed
1304 ],
1305 'messagepattern' => '/.*?:(.*)/sim',
1306 ],
1307 ];
1308
1309 /**
1310 * Determines if a failed virus scan (AV_SCAN_FAILED) will cause the file to be rejected.
1311 */
1312 $wgAntivirusRequired = true;
1313
1314 /**
1315 * Determines if the MIME type of uploaded files should be checked
1316 */
1317 $wgVerifyMimeType = true;
1318
1319 /**
1320 * Sets the MIME type definition file to use by MimeMagic.php.
1321 * Set to null, to use built-in defaults only.
1322 * example: $wgMimeTypeFile = '/etc/mime.types';
1323 */
1324 $wgMimeTypeFile = 'includes/mime.types';
1325
1326 /**
1327 * Sets the MIME type info file to use by MimeMagic.php.
1328 * Set to null, to use built-in defaults only.
1329 */
1330 $wgMimeInfoFile = 'includes/mime.info';
1331
1332 /**
1333 * Sets an external MIME detector program. The command must print only
1334 * the MIME type to standard output.
1335 * The name of the file to process will be appended to the command given here.
1336 * If not set or NULL, PHP's mime_content_type function will be used.
1337 *
1338 * @par Example:
1339 * @code
1340 * #$wgMimeDetectorCommand = "file -bi"; # use external MIME detector (Linux)
1341 * @endcode
1342 */
1343 $wgMimeDetectorCommand = null;
1344
1345 /**
1346 * Switch for trivial MIME detection. Used by thumb.php to disable all fancy
1347 * things, because only a few types of images are needed and file extensions
1348 * can be trusted.
1349 */
1350 $wgTrivialMimeDetection = false;
1351
1352 /**
1353 * Additional XML types we can allow via MIME-detection.
1354 * array = [ 'rootElement' => 'associatedMimeType' ]
1355 */
1356 $wgXMLMimeTypes = [
1357 'http://www.w3.org/2000/svg:svg' => 'image/svg+xml',
1358 'svg' => 'image/svg+xml',
1359 'http://www.lysator.liu.se/~alla/dia/:diagram' => 'application/x-dia-diagram',
1360 'http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml:html' => 'text/html', // application/xhtml+xml?
1361 'html' => 'text/html', // application/xhtml+xml?
1362 ];
1363
1364 /**
1365 * Limit images on image description pages to a user-selectable limit. In order
1366 * to reduce disk usage, limits can only be selected from a list.
1367 * The user preference is saved as an array offset in the database, by default
1368 * the offset is set with $wgDefaultUserOptions['imagesize']. Make sure you
1369 * change it if you alter the array (see T10858).
1370 * This is the list of settings the user can choose from:
1371 */
1372 $wgImageLimits = [
1373 [ 320, 240 ],
1374 [ 640, 480 ],
1375 [ 800, 600 ],
1376 [ 1024, 768 ],
1377 [ 1280, 1024 ]
1378 ];
1379
1380 /**
1381 * Adjust thumbnails on image pages according to a user setting. In order to
1382 * reduce disk usage, the values can only be selected from a list. This is the
1383 * list of settings the user can choose from:
1384 */
1385 $wgThumbLimits = [
1386 120,
1387 150,
1388 180,
1389 200,
1390 250,
1391 300
1392 ];
1393
1394 /**
1395 * When defined, is an array of image widths used as buckets for thumbnail generation.
1396 * The goal is to save resources by generating thumbnails based on reference buckets instead of
1397 * always using the original. This will incur a speed gain but cause a quality loss.
1398 *
1399 * The buckets generation is chained, with each bucket generated based on the above bucket
1400 * when possible. File handlers have to opt into using that feature. For now only BitmapHandler
1401 * supports it.
1402 */
1403 $wgThumbnailBuckets = null;
1404
1405 /**
1406 * When using thumbnail buckets as defined above, this sets the minimum distance to the bucket
1407 * above the requested size. The distance represents how many extra pixels of width the bucket
1408 * needs in order to be used as the reference for a given thumbnail. For example, with the
1409 * following buckets:
1410 *
1411 * $wgThumbnailBuckets = [ 128, 256, 512 ];
1412 *
1413 * and a distance of 50:
1414 *
1415 * $wgThumbnailMinimumBucketDistance = 50;
1416 *
1417 * If we want to render a thumbnail of width 220px, the 512px bucket will be used,
1418 * because 220 + 50 = 270 and the closest bucket bigger than 270px is 512.
1419 */
1420 $wgThumbnailMinimumBucketDistance = 50;
1421
1422 /**
1423 * When defined, is an array of thumbnail widths to be rendered at upload time. The idea is to
1424 * prerender common thumbnail sizes, in order to avoid the necessity to render them on demand, which
1425 * has a performance impact for the first client to view a certain size.
1426 *
1427 * This obviously means that more disk space is needed per upload upfront.
1428 *
1429 * @since 1.25
1430 */
1431
1432 $wgUploadThumbnailRenderMap = [];
1433
1434 /**
1435 * The method through which the thumbnails will be prerendered for the entries in
1436 * $wgUploadThumbnailRenderMap
1437 *
1438 * The method can be either "http" or "jobqueue". The former uses an http request to hit the
1439 * thumbnail's URL.
1440 * This method only works if thumbnails are configured to be rendered by a 404 handler. The latter
1441 * option uses the job queue to render the thumbnail.
1442 *
1443 * @since 1.25
1444 */
1445 $wgUploadThumbnailRenderMethod = 'jobqueue';
1446
1447 /**
1448 * When using the "http" wgUploadThumbnailRenderMethod, lets one specify a custom Host HTTP header.
1449 *
1450 * @since 1.25
1451 */
1452 $wgUploadThumbnailRenderHttpCustomHost = false;
1453
1454 /**
1455 * When using the "http" wgUploadThumbnailRenderMethod, lets one specify a custom domain to send the
1456 * HTTP request to.
1457 *
1458 * @since 1.25
1459 */
1460 $wgUploadThumbnailRenderHttpCustomDomain = false;
1461
1462 /**
1463 * When this variable is true and JPGs use the sRGB ICC profile, swaps it for the more lightweight
1464 * (and free) TinyRGB profile when generating thumbnails.
1465 *
1466 * @since 1.26
1467 */
1468 $wgUseTinyRGBForJPGThumbnails = false;
1469
1470 /**
1471 * Parameters for the "<gallery>" tag.
1472 * Fields are:
1473 * - imagesPerRow: Default number of images per-row in the gallery. 0 -> Adapt to screensize
1474 * - imageWidth: Width of the cells containing images in galleries (in "px")
1475 * - imageHeight: Height of the cells containing images in galleries (in "px")
1476 * - captionLength: Length to truncate filename to in caption when using "showfilename".
1477 * A value of 'true' will truncate the filename to one line using CSS
1478 * and will be the behaviour after deprecation.
1479 * @deprecated since 1.28
1480 * - showBytes: Show the filesize in bytes in categories
1481 * - showDimensions: Show the dimensions (width x height) in categories
1482 * - mode: Gallery mode
1483 */
1484 $wgGalleryOptions = [];
1485
1486 /**
1487 * Adjust width of upright images when parameter 'upright' is used
1488 * This allows a nicer look for upright images without the need to fix the width
1489 * by hardcoded px in wiki sourcecode.
1490 */
1491 $wgThumbUpright = 0.75;
1492
1493 /**
1494 * Default value for chmoding of new directories.
1495 */
1496 $wgDirectoryMode = 0777;
1497
1498 /**
1499 * Generate and use thumbnails suitable for screens with 1.5 and 2.0 pixel densities.
1500 *
1501 * This means a 320x240 use of an image on the wiki will also generate 480x360 and 640x480
1502 * thumbnails, output via the srcset attribute.
1503 */
1504 $wgResponsiveImages = true;
1505
1506 /**
1507 * @name DJVU settings
1508 * @{
1509 */
1510
1511 /**
1512 * Path of the djvudump executable
1513 * Enable this and $wgDjvuRenderer to enable djvu rendering
1514 * example: $wgDjvuDump = 'djvudump';
1515 */
1516 $wgDjvuDump = null;
1517
1518 /**
1519 * Path of the ddjvu DJVU renderer
1520 * Enable this and $wgDjvuDump to enable djvu rendering
1521 * example: $wgDjvuRenderer = 'ddjvu';
1522 */
1523 $wgDjvuRenderer = null;
1524
1525 /**
1526 * Path of the djvutxt DJVU text extraction utility
1527 * Enable this and $wgDjvuDump to enable text layer extraction from djvu files
1528 * example: $wgDjvuTxt = 'djvutxt';
1529 */
1530 $wgDjvuTxt = null;
1531
1532 /**
1533 * Path of the djvutoxml executable
1534 * This works like djvudump except much, much slower as of version 3.5.
1535 *
1536 * For now we recommend you use djvudump instead. The djvuxml output is
1537 * probably more stable, so we'll switch back to it as soon as they fix
1538 * the efficiency problem.
1539 * https://sourceforge.net/tracker/index.php?func=detail&aid=1704049&group_id=32953&atid=406583
1540 *
1541 * @par Example:
1542 * @code
1543 * $wgDjvuToXML = 'djvutoxml';
1544 * @endcode
1545 */
1546 $wgDjvuToXML = null;
1547
1548 /**
1549 * Shell command for the DJVU post processor
1550 * Default: pnmtojpeg, since ddjvu generates ppm output
1551 * Set this to false to output the ppm file directly.
1552 */
1553 $wgDjvuPostProcessor = 'pnmtojpeg';
1554
1555 /**
1556 * File extension for the DJVU post processor output
1557 */
1558 $wgDjvuOutputExtension = 'jpg';
1559
1560 /** @} */ # end of DJvu }
1561
1562 /** @} */ # end of file uploads }
1563
1564 /************************************************************************//**
1565 * @name Email settings
1566 * @{
1567 */
1568
1569 /**
1570 * Site admin email address.
1571 *
1572 * Defaults to "wikiadmin@$wgServerName" (in Setup.php).
1573 */
1574 $wgEmergencyContact = false;
1575
1576 /**
1577 * Sender email address for e-mail notifications.
1578 *
1579 * The address we use as sender when a user requests a password reminder,
1580 * as well as other e-mail notifications.
1581 *
1582 * Defaults to "apache@$wgServerName" (in Setup.php).
1583 */
1584 $wgPasswordSender = false;
1585
1586 /**
1587 * Sender name for e-mail notifications.
1588 *
1589 * @deprecated since 1.23; use the system message 'emailsender' instead.
1590 */
1591 $wgPasswordSenderName = 'MediaWiki Mail';
1592
1593 /**
1594 * Reply-To address for e-mail notifications.
1595 *
1596 * Defaults to $wgPasswordSender (in Setup.php).
1597 */
1598 $wgNoReplyAddress = false;
1599
1600 /**
1601 * Set to true to enable the e-mail basic features:
1602 * Password reminders, etc. If sending e-mail on your
1603 * server doesn't work, you might want to disable this.
1604 */
1605 $wgEnableEmail = true;
1606
1607 /**
1608 * Set to true to enable user-to-user e-mail.
1609 * This can potentially be abused, as it's hard to track.
1610 */
1611 $wgEnableUserEmail = true;
1612
1613 /**
1614 * Set to true to enable user-to-user e-mail blacklist.
1615 *
1616 * @since 1.30
1617 */
1618 $wgEnableUserEmailBlacklist = false;
1619
1620 /**
1621 * If true put the sending user's email in a Reply-To header
1622 * instead of From (false). ($wgPasswordSender will be used as From.)
1623 *
1624 * Some mailers (eg SMTP) set the SMTP envelope sender to the From value,
1625 * which can cause problems with SPF validation and leak recipient addresses
1626 * when bounces are sent to the sender. In addition, DMARC restrictions
1627 * can cause emails to fail to be received when false.
1628 */
1629 $wgUserEmailUseReplyTo = true;
1630
1631 /**
1632 * Minimum time, in hours, which must elapse between password reminder
1633 * emails for a given account. This is to prevent abuse by mail flooding.
1634 */
1635 $wgPasswordReminderResendTime = 24;
1636
1637 /**
1638 * The time, in seconds, when an emailed temporary password expires.
1639 */
1640 $wgNewPasswordExpiry = 3600 * 24 * 7;
1641
1642 /**
1643 * The time, in seconds, when an email confirmation email expires
1644 */
1645 $wgUserEmailConfirmationTokenExpiry = 7 * 24 * 60 * 60;
1646
1647 /**
1648 * The number of days that a user's password is good for. After this number of days, the
1649 * user will be asked to reset their password. Set to false to disable password expiration.
1650 */
1651 $wgPasswordExpirationDays = false;
1652
1653 /**
1654 * If a user's password is expired, the number of seconds when they can still login,
1655 * and cancel their password change, but are sent to the password change form on each login.
1656 */
1657 $wgPasswordExpireGrace = 3600 * 24 * 7; // 7 days
1658
1659 /**
1660 * SMTP Mode.
1661 *
1662 * For using a direct (authenticated) SMTP server connection.
1663 * Default to false or fill an array :
1664 *
1665 * @code
1666 * $wgSMTP = [
1667 * 'host' => 'SMTP domain',
1668 * 'IDHost' => 'domain for MessageID',
1669 * 'port' => '25',
1670 * 'auth' => [true|false],
1671 * 'username' => [SMTP username],
1672 * 'password' => [SMTP password],
1673 * ];
1674 * @endcode
1675 */
1676 $wgSMTP = false;
1677
1678 /**
1679 * Additional email parameters, will be passed as the last argument to mail() call.
1680 */
1681 $wgAdditionalMailParams = null;
1682
1683 /**
1684 * For parts of the system that have been updated to provide HTML email content, send
1685 * both text and HTML parts as the body of the email
1686 */
1687 $wgAllowHTMLEmail = false;
1688
1689 /**
1690 * Allow sending of e-mail notifications with the editor's address as sender.
1691 *
1692 * This setting depends on $wgEnotifRevealEditorAddress also being enabled.
1693 * If both are enabled, notifications for actions from users that have opted-in,
1694 * will be sent to other users with their address as "From" instead of "Reply-To".
1695 *
1696 * If disabled, or not opted-in, notifications come from $wgPasswordSender.
1697 *
1698 * @var bool
1699 */
1700 $wgEnotifFromEditor = false;
1701
1702 // TODO move UPO to preferences probably ?
1703 # If set to true, users get a corresponding option in their preferences and can choose to
1704 # enable or disable at their discretion
1705 # If set to false, the corresponding input form on the user preference page is suppressed
1706 # It call this to be a "user-preferences-option (UPO)"
1707
1708 /**
1709 * Require email authentication before sending mail to an email address.
1710 * This is highly recommended. It prevents MediaWiki from being used as an open
1711 * spam relay.
1712 */
1713 $wgEmailAuthentication = true;
1714
1715 /**
1716 * Allow users to enable email notification ("enotif") on watchlist changes.
1717 */
1718 $wgEnotifWatchlist = false;
1719
1720 /**
1721 * Allow users to enable email notification ("enotif") when someone edits their
1722 * user talk page.
1723 *
1724 * The owner of the user talk page must also have the 'enotifusertalkpages' user
1725 * preference set to true.
1726 */
1727 $wgEnotifUserTalk = false;
1728
1729 /**
1730 * Allow sending of e-mail notifications with the editor's address in "Reply-To".
1731 *
1732 * Note, enabling this only actually uses it in notification e-mails if the user
1733 * opted-in to this feature. This feature flag also controls visibility of the
1734 * 'enotifrevealaddr' preference, which, if users opt into, will make e-mail
1735 * notifications about their actions use their address as "Reply-To".
1736 *
1737 * To set the address as "From" instead of "Reply-To", also enable $wgEnotifFromEditor.
1738 *
1739 * If disabled, or not opted-in, notifications come from $wgPasswordSender.
1740 *
1741 * @var bool
1742 */
1743 $wgEnotifRevealEditorAddress = false;
1744
1745 /**
1746 * Potentially send notification mails on minor edits to pages. This is enabled
1747 * by default. If this is false, users will never be notified on minor edits.
1748 *
1749 * If it is true, editors with the 'nominornewtalk' right (typically bots) will still not
1750 * trigger notifications for minor edits they make (to any page, not just user talk).
1751 *
1752 * Finally, if the watcher/recipient has the 'enotifminoredits' user preference set to
1753 * false, they will not receive notifications for minor edits.
1754 *
1755 * User talk notifications are also affected by $wgEnotifMinorEdits, the above settings,
1756 * $wgEnotifUserTalk, and the preference described there.
1757 */
1758 $wgEnotifMinorEdits = true;
1759
1760 /**
1761 * Send a generic mail instead of a personalised mail for each user. This
1762 * always uses UTC as the time zone, and doesn't include the username.
1763 *
1764 * For pages with many users watching, this can significantly reduce mail load.
1765 * Has no effect when using sendmail rather than SMTP.
1766 */
1767 $wgEnotifImpersonal = false;
1768
1769 /**
1770 * Maximum number of users to mail at once when using impersonal mail. Should
1771 * match the limit on your mail server.
1772 */
1773 $wgEnotifMaxRecips = 500;
1774
1775 /**
1776 * Use real name instead of username in e-mail "from" field.
1777 */
1778 $wgEnotifUseRealName = false;
1779
1780 /**
1781 * Array of usernames who will be sent a notification email for every change
1782 * which occurs on a wiki. Users will not be notified of their own changes.
1783 */
1784 $wgUsersNotifiedOnAllChanges = [];
1785
1786 /** @} */ # end of email settings
1787
1788 /************************************************************************//**
1789 * @name Database settings
1790 * @{
1791 */
1792
1793 /**
1794 * Database host name or IP address
1795 */
1796 $wgDBserver = 'localhost';
1797
1798 /**
1799 * Database port number (for PostgreSQL and Microsoft SQL Server).
1800 */
1801 $wgDBport = 5432;
1802
1803 /**
1804 * Name of the database
1805 */
1806 $wgDBname = 'my_wiki';
1807
1808 /**
1809 * Database username
1810 */
1811 $wgDBuser = 'wikiuser';
1812
1813 /**
1814 * Database user's password
1815 */
1816 $wgDBpassword = '';
1817
1818 /**
1819 * Database type
1820 */
1821 $wgDBtype = 'mysql';
1822
1823 /**
1824 * Whether to use SSL in DB connection.
1825 *
1826 * This setting is only used if $wgLBFactoryConf['class'] is set to
1827 * '\Wikimedia\Rdbms\LBFactorySimple' and $wgDBservers is an empty array; otherwise
1828 * the DBO_SSL flag must be set in the 'flags' option of the database
1829 * connection to achieve the same functionality.
1830 */
1831 $wgDBssl = false;
1832
1833 /**
1834 * Whether to use compression in DB connection.
1835 *
1836 * This setting is only used $wgLBFactoryConf['class'] is set to
1837 * '\Wikimedia\Rdbms\LBFactorySimple' and $wgDBservers is an empty array; otherwise
1838 * the DBO_COMPRESS flag must be set in the 'flags' option of the database
1839 * connection to achieve the same functionality.
1840 */
1841 $wgDBcompress = false;
1842
1843 /**
1844 * Separate username for maintenance tasks. Leave as null to use the default.
1845 */
1846 $wgDBadminuser = null;
1847
1848 /**
1849 * Separate password for maintenance tasks. Leave as null to use the default.
1850 */
1851 $wgDBadminpassword = null;
1852
1853 /**
1854 * Search type.
1855 * Leave as null to select the default search engine for the
1856 * selected database type (eg SearchMySQL), or set to a class
1857 * name to override to a custom search engine.
1858 */
1859 $wgSearchType = null;
1860
1861 /**
1862 * Alternative search types
1863 * Sometimes you want to support multiple search engines for testing. This
1864 * allows users to select their search engine of choice via url parameters
1865 * to Special:Search and the action=search API. If using this, there's no
1866 * need to add $wgSearchType to it, that is handled automatically.
1867 */
1868 $wgSearchTypeAlternatives = null;
1869
1870 /**
1871 * Table name prefix
1872 */
1873 $wgDBprefix = '';
1874
1875 /**
1876 * MySQL table options to use during installation or update
1877 */
1878 $wgDBTableOptions = 'ENGINE=InnoDB';
1879
1880 /**
1881 * SQL Mode - default is turning off all modes, including strict, if set.
1882 * null can be used to skip the setting for performance reasons and assume
1883 * DBA has done his best job.
1884 * String override can be used for some additional fun :-)
1885 */
1886 $wgSQLMode = '';
1887
1888 /**
1889 * Mediawiki schema
1890 */
1891 $wgDBmwschema = null;
1892
1893 /**
1894 * Default group to use when getting database connections.
1895 */
1896 $wgDBDefaultGroup = null;
1897
1898 /**
1899 * To override default SQLite data directory ($docroot/../data)
1900 */
1901 $wgSQLiteDataDir = '';
1902
1903 /**
1904 * Shared database for multiple wikis. Commonly used for storing a user table
1905 * for single sign-on. The server for this database must be the same as for the
1906 * main database.
1907 *
1908 * For backwards compatibility the shared prefix is set to the same as the local
1909 * prefix, and the user table is listed in the default list of shared tables.
1910 * The user_properties table is also added so that users will continue to have their
1911 * preferences shared (preferences were stored in the user table prior to 1.16)
1912 *
1913 * $wgSharedTables may be customized with a list of tables to share in the shared
1914 * database. However it is advised to limit what tables you do share as many of
1915 * MediaWiki's tables may have side effects if you try to share them.
1916 *
1917 * $wgSharedPrefix is the table prefix for the shared database. It defaults to
1918 * $wgDBprefix.
1919 *
1920 * $wgSharedSchema is the table schema for the shared database. It defaults to
1921 * $wgDBmwschema.
1922 *
1923 * @deprecated since 1.21 In new code, use the $wiki parameter to LBFactory::getMainLB() to
1924 * access remote databases. Using LBFactory::getMainLB() allows the shared database to
1925 * reside on separate servers to the wiki's own database, with suitable
1926 * configuration of $wgLBFactoryConf.
1927 */
1928 $wgSharedDB = null;
1929
1930 /**
1931 * @see $wgSharedDB
1932 */
1933 $wgSharedPrefix = false;
1934
1935 /**
1936 * @see $wgSharedDB
1937 */
1938 $wgSharedTables = [ 'user', 'user_properties' ];
1939
1940 /**
1941 * @see $wgSharedDB
1942 * @since 1.23
1943 */
1944 $wgSharedSchema = false;
1945
1946 /**
1947 * Database load balancer
1948 * This is a two-dimensional array, an array of server info structures
1949 * Fields are:
1950 * - host: Host name
1951 * - dbname: Default database name
1952 * - user: DB user
1953 * - password: DB password
1954 * - type: DB type
1955 * - driver: DB driver (when there are multiple drivers)
1956 *
1957 * - load: Ratio of DB_REPLICA load, must be >=0, the sum of all loads must be >0.
1958 * If this is zero for any given server, no normal query traffic will be
1959 * sent to it. It will be excluded from lag checks in maintenance scripts.
1960 * The only way it can receive traffic is if groupLoads is used.
1961 *
1962 * - groupLoads: array of load ratios, the key is the query group name. A query may belong
1963 * to several groups, the most specific group defined here is used.
1964 *
1965 * - flags: bit field
1966 * - DBO_DEFAULT -- turns on DBO_TRX only if "cliMode" is off (recommended)
1967 * - DBO_DEBUG -- equivalent of $wgDebugDumpSql
1968 * - DBO_TRX -- wrap entire request in a transaction
1969 * - DBO_NOBUFFER -- turn off buffering (not useful in LocalSettings.php)
1970 * - DBO_PERSISTENT -- enables persistent database connections
1971 * - DBO_SSL -- uses SSL/TLS encryption in database connections, if available
1972 * - DBO_COMPRESS -- uses internal compression in database connections,
1973 * if available
1974 *
1975 * - max lag: (optional) Maximum replication lag before a replica DB goes out of rotation
1976 * - is static: (optional) Set to true if the dataset is static and no replication is used.
1977 * - cliMode: (optional) Connection handles will not assume that requests are short-lived
1978 * nor that INSERT..SELECT can be rewritten into a buffered SELECT and INSERT.
1979 * [Default: uses value of $wgCommandLineMode]
1980 *
1981 * These and any other user-defined properties will be assigned to the mLBInfo member
1982 * variable of the Database object.
1983 *
1984 * Leave at false to use the single-server variables above. If you set this
1985 * variable, the single-server variables will generally be ignored (except
1986 * perhaps in some command-line scripts).
1987 *
1988 * The first server listed in this array (with key 0) will be the master. The
1989 * rest of the servers will be replica DBs. To prevent writes to your replica DBs due to
1990 * accidental misconfiguration or MediaWiki bugs, set read_only=1 on all your
1991 * replica DBs in my.cnf. You can set read_only mode at runtime using:
1992 *
1993 * @code
1994 * SET @@read_only=1;
1995 * @endcode
1996 *
1997 * Since the effect of writing to a replica DB is so damaging and difficult to clean
1998 * up, we at Wikimedia set read_only=1 in my.cnf on all our DB servers, even
1999 * our masters, and then set read_only=0 on masters at runtime.
2000 */
2001 $wgDBservers = false;
2002
2003 /**
2004 * Load balancer factory configuration
2005 * To set up a multi-master wiki farm, set the class here to something that
2006 * can return a LoadBalancer with an appropriate master on a call to getMainLB().
2007 * The class identified here is responsible for reading $wgDBservers,
2008 * $wgDBserver, etc., so overriding it may cause those globals to be ignored.
2009 *
2010 * The LBFactoryMulti class is provided for this purpose, please see
2011 * includes/db/LBFactoryMulti.php for configuration information.
2012 */
2013 $wgLBFactoryConf = [ 'class' => \Wikimedia\Rdbms\LBFactorySimple::class ];
2014
2015 /**
2016 * After a state-changing request is done by a client, this determines
2017 * how many seconds that client should keep using the master datacenter.
2018 * This avoids unexpected stale or 404 responses due to replication lag.
2019 * @since 1.27
2020 */
2021 $wgDataCenterUpdateStickTTL = 10;
2022
2023 /**
2024 * File to log database errors to
2025 */
2026 $wgDBerrorLog = false;
2027
2028 /**
2029 * Timezone to use in the error log.
2030 * Defaults to the wiki timezone ($wgLocaltimezone).
2031 *
2032 * A list of usable timezones can found at:
2033 * https://secure.php.net/manual/en/timezones.php
2034 *
2035 * @par Examples:
2036 * @code
2037 * $wgDBerrorLogTZ = 'UTC';
2038 * $wgDBerrorLogTZ = 'GMT';
2039 * $wgDBerrorLogTZ = 'PST8PDT';
2040 * $wgDBerrorLogTZ = 'Europe/Sweden';
2041 * $wgDBerrorLogTZ = 'CET';
2042 * @endcode
2043 *
2044 * @since 1.20
2045 */
2046 $wgDBerrorLogTZ = false;
2047
2048 /**
2049 * Set to true to engage MySQL 4.1/5.0 charset-related features;
2050 * for now will just cause sending of 'SET NAMES=utf8' on connect.
2051 *
2052 * @warning THIS IS EXPERIMENTAL!
2053 *
2054 * May break if you're not using the table defs from mysql5/tables.sql.
2055 * May break if you're upgrading an existing wiki if set differently.
2056 * Broken symptoms likely to include incorrect behavior with page titles,
2057 * usernames, comments etc containing non-ASCII characters.
2058 * Might also cause failures on the object cache and other things.
2059 *
2060 * Even correct usage may cause failures with Unicode supplementary
2061 * characters (those not in the Basic Multilingual Plane) unless MySQL
2062 * has enhanced their Unicode support.
2063 *
2064 * @deprecated since 1.31
2065 */
2066 $wgDBmysql5 = false;
2067
2068 /**
2069 * Set true to enable Oracle DCRP (supported from 11gR1 onward)
2070 *
2071 * To use this feature set to true and use a datasource defined as
2072 * POOLED (i.e. in tnsnames definition set server=pooled in connect_data
2073 * block).
2074 *
2075 * Starting from 11gR1 you can use DCRP (Database Resident Connection
2076 * Pool) that maintains established sessions and reuses them on new
2077 * connections.
2078 *
2079 * Not completely tested, but it should fall back on normal connection
2080 * in case the pool is full or the datasource is not configured as
2081 * pooled.
2082 * And the other way around; using oci_pconnect on a non pooled
2083 * datasource should produce a normal connection.
2084 *
2085 * When it comes to frequent shortlived DB connections like with MW
2086 * Oracle tends to s***. The problem is the driver connects to the
2087 * database reasonably fast, but establishing a session takes time and
2088 * resources. MW does not rely on session state (as it does not use
2089 * features such as package variables) so establishing a valid session
2090 * is in this case an unwanted overhead that just slows things down.
2091 *
2092 * @warning EXPERIMENTAL!
2093 */
2094 $wgDBOracleDRCP = false;
2095
2096 /**
2097 * Other wikis on this site, can be administered from a single developer account.
2098 *
2099 * Array numeric key => database name
2100 */
2101 $wgLocalDatabases = [];
2102
2103 /**
2104 * If lag is higher than $wgSlaveLagWarning, show a warning in some special
2105 * pages (like watchlist). If the lag is higher than $wgSlaveLagCritical,
2106 * show a more obvious warning.
2107 */
2108 $wgSlaveLagWarning = 10;
2109
2110 /**
2111 * @see $wgSlaveLagWarning
2112 */
2113 $wgSlaveLagCritical = 30;
2114
2115 /**
2116 * Use Windows Authentication instead of $wgDBuser / $wgDBpassword for MS SQL Server
2117 */
2118 $wgDBWindowsAuthentication = false;
2119
2120 /**@}*/ # End of DB settings }
2121
2122 /************************************************************************//**
2123 * @name Text storage
2124 * @{
2125 */
2126
2127 /**
2128 * We can also compress text stored in the 'text' table. If this is set on, new
2129 * revisions will be compressed on page save if zlib support is available. Any
2130 * compressed revisions will be decompressed on load regardless of this setting,
2131 * but will not be readable at all* if zlib support is not available.
2132 */
2133 $wgCompressRevisions = false;
2134
2135 /**
2136 * External stores allow including content
2137 * from non database sources following URL links.
2138 *
2139 * Short names of ExternalStore classes may be specified in an array here:
2140 * @code
2141 * $wgExternalStores = [ "http","file","custom" ]...
2142 * @endcode
2143 *
2144 * CAUTION: Access to database might lead to code execution
2145 */
2146 $wgExternalStores = [];
2147
2148 /**
2149 * An array of external MySQL servers.
2150 *
2151 * @par Example:
2152 * Create a cluster named 'cluster1' containing three servers:
2153 * @code
2154 * $wgExternalServers = [
2155 * 'cluster1' => <array in the same format as $wgDBservers>
2156 * ];
2157 * @endcode
2158 *
2159 * Used by \Wikimedia\Rdbms\LBFactorySimple, may be ignored if $wgLBFactoryConf is set to
2160 * another class.
2161 */
2162 $wgExternalServers = [];
2163
2164 /**
2165 * The place to put new revisions, false to put them in the local text table.
2166 * Part of a URL, e.g. DB://cluster1
2167 *
2168 * Can be an array instead of a single string, to enable data distribution. Keys
2169 * must be consecutive integers, starting at zero.
2170 *
2171 * @par Example:
2172 * @code
2173 * $wgDefaultExternalStore = [ 'DB://cluster1', 'DB://cluster2' ];
2174 * @endcode
2175 *
2176 * @var array
2177 */
2178 $wgDefaultExternalStore = false;
2179
2180 /**
2181 * Revision text may be cached in $wgMemc to reduce load on external storage
2182 * servers and object extraction overhead for frequently-loaded revisions.
2183 *
2184 * Set to 0 to disable, or number of seconds before cache expiry.
2185 */
2186 $wgRevisionCacheExpiry = 86400 * 7;
2187
2188 /** @} */ # end text storage }
2189
2190 /************************************************************************//**
2191 * @name Performance hacks and limits
2192 * @{
2193 */
2194
2195 /**
2196 * Disable database-intensive features
2197 */
2198 $wgMiserMode = false;
2199
2200 /**
2201 * Disable all query pages if miser mode is on, not just some
2202 */
2203 $wgDisableQueryPages = false;
2204
2205 /**
2206 * Number of rows to cache in 'querycache' table when miser mode is on
2207 */
2208 $wgQueryCacheLimit = 1000;
2209
2210 /**
2211 * Number of links to a page required before it is deemed "wanted"
2212 */
2213 $wgWantedPagesThreshold = 1;
2214
2215 /**
2216 * Enable slow parser functions
2217 */
2218 $wgAllowSlowParserFunctions = false;
2219
2220 /**
2221 * Allow schema updates
2222 */
2223 $wgAllowSchemaUpdates = true;
2224
2225 /**
2226 * Maximum article size in kilobytes
2227 */
2228 $wgMaxArticleSize = 2048;
2229
2230 /**
2231 * The minimum amount of memory that MediaWiki "needs"; MediaWiki will try to
2232 * raise PHP's memory limit if it's below this amount.
2233 */
2234 $wgMemoryLimit = "50M";
2235
2236 /**
2237 * The minimum amount of time that MediaWiki needs for "slow" write request,
2238 * particularly ones with multiple non-atomic writes that *should* be as
2239 * transactional as possible; MediaWiki will call set_time_limit() if needed.
2240 * @since 1.26
2241 */
2242 $wgTransactionalTimeLimit = 120;
2243
2244 /** @} */ # end performance hacks }
2245
2246 /************************************************************************//**
2247 * @name Cache settings
2248 * @{
2249 */
2250
2251 /**
2252 * Directory for caching data in the local filesystem. Should not be accessible
2253 * from the web.
2254 *
2255 * Note: if multiple wikis share the same localisation cache directory, they
2256 * must all have the same set of extensions. You can set a directory just for
2257 * the localisation cache using $wgLocalisationCacheConf['storeDirectory'].
2258 */
2259 $wgCacheDirectory = false;
2260
2261 /**
2262 * Main cache type. This should be a cache with fast access, but it may have
2263 * limited space. By default, it is disabled, since the stock database cache
2264 * is not fast enough to make it worthwhile.
2265 *
2266 * The options are:
2267 *
2268 * - CACHE_ANYTHING: Use anything, as long as it works
2269 * - CACHE_NONE: Do not cache
2270 * - CACHE_DB: Store cache objects in the DB
2271 * - CACHE_MEMCACHED: MemCached, must specify servers in $wgMemCachedServers
2272 * - CACHE_ACCEL: APC, APCU or WinCache
2273 * - (other): A string may be used which identifies a cache
2274 * configuration in $wgObjectCaches.
2275 *
2276 * @see $wgMessageCacheType, $wgParserCacheType
2277 */
2278 $wgMainCacheType = CACHE_NONE;
2279
2280 /**
2281 * The cache type for storing the contents of the MediaWiki namespace. This
2282 * cache is used for a small amount of data which is expensive to regenerate.
2283 *
2284 * For available types see $wgMainCacheType.
2285 */
2286 $wgMessageCacheType = CACHE_ANYTHING;
2287
2288 /**
2289 * The cache type for storing article HTML. This is used to store data which
2290 * is expensive to regenerate, and benefits from having plenty of storage space.
2291 *
2292 * For available types see $wgMainCacheType.
2293 */
2294 $wgParserCacheType = CACHE_ANYTHING;
2295
2296 /**
2297 * The cache type for storing session data.
2298 *
2299 * For available types see $wgMainCacheType.
2300 */
2301 $wgSessionCacheType = CACHE_ANYTHING;
2302
2303 /**
2304 * The cache type for storing language conversion tables,
2305 * which are used when parsing certain text and interface messages.
2306 *
2307 * For available types see $wgMainCacheType.
2308 *
2309 * @since 1.20
2310 */
2311 $wgLanguageConverterCacheType = CACHE_ANYTHING;
2312
2313 /**
2314 * Advanced object cache configuration.
2315 *
2316 * Use this to define the class names and constructor parameters which are used
2317 * for the various cache types. Custom cache types may be defined here and
2318 * referenced from $wgMainCacheType, $wgMessageCacheType, $wgParserCacheType,
2319 * or $wgLanguageConverterCacheType.
2320 *
2321 * The format is an associative array where the key is a cache identifier, and
2322 * the value is an associative array of parameters. The "class" parameter is the
2323 * class name which will be used. Alternatively, a "factory" parameter may be
2324 * given, giving a callable function which will generate a suitable cache object.
2325 */
2326 $wgObjectCaches = [
2327 CACHE_NONE => [ 'class' => EmptyBagOStuff::class, 'reportDupes' => false ],
2328 CACHE_DB => [ 'class' => SqlBagOStuff::class, 'loggroup' => 'SQLBagOStuff' ],
2329
2330 CACHE_ANYTHING => [ 'factory' => 'ObjectCache::newAnything' ],
2331 CACHE_ACCEL => [ 'factory' => 'ObjectCache::getLocalServerInstance' ],
2332 CACHE_MEMCACHED => [ 'class' => MemcachedPhpBagOStuff::class, 'loggroup' => 'memcached' ],
2333
2334 'db-replicated' => [
2335 'class' => ReplicatedBagOStuff::class,
2336 'readFactory' => [
2337 'class' => SqlBagOStuff::class,
2338 'args' => [ [ 'slaveOnly' => true ] ]
2339 ],
2340 'writeFactory' => [
2341 'class' => SqlBagOStuff::class,
2342 'args' => [ [ 'slaveOnly' => false ] ]
2343 ],
2344 'loggroup' => 'SQLBagOStuff',
2345 'reportDupes' => false
2346 ],
2347
2348 'apc' => [ 'class' => APCBagOStuff::class, 'reportDupes' => false ],
2349 'apcu' => [ 'class' => APCUBagOStuff::class, 'reportDupes' => false ],
2350 'wincache' => [ 'class' => WinCacheBagOStuff::class, 'reportDupes' => false ],
2351 'memcached-php' => [ 'class' => MemcachedPhpBagOStuff::class, 'loggroup' => 'memcached' ],
2352 'memcached-pecl' => [ 'class' => MemcachedPeclBagOStuff::class, 'loggroup' => 'memcached' ],
2353 'hash' => [ 'class' => HashBagOStuff::class, 'reportDupes' => false ],
2354 ];
2355
2356 /**
2357 * Main Wide-Area-Network cache type. This should be a cache with fast access,
2358 * but it may have limited space. By default, it is disabled, since the basic stock
2359 * cache is not fast enough to make it worthwhile. For single data-center setups, this can
2360 * simply be pointed to a cache in $wgWANObjectCaches that uses a local $wgObjectCaches
2361 * cache with a relayer of type EventRelayerNull.
2362 *
2363 * The options are:
2364 * - false: Configure the cache using $wgMainCacheType, without using
2365 * a relayer (only matters if there are multiple data-centers)
2366 * - CACHE_NONE: Do not cache
2367 * - (other): A string may be used which identifies a cache
2368 * configuration in $wgWANObjectCaches
2369 * @since 1.26
2370 */
2371 $wgMainWANCache = false;
2372
2373 /**
2374 * Advanced WAN object cache configuration.
2375 *
2376 * Each WAN cache wraps a registered object cache (for the local cluster)
2377 * and it must also be configured to point to a PubSub instance. Subscribers
2378 * must be configured to relay purges to the actual cache servers.
2379 *
2380 * The format is an associative array where the key is a cache identifier, and
2381 * the value is an associative array of parameters. The "cacheId" parameter is
2382 * a cache identifier from $wgObjectCaches. The "channels" parameter is a map of
2383 * actions ('purge') to PubSub channels defined in $wgEventRelayerConfig.
2384 * The "loggroup" parameter controls where log events are sent.
2385 *
2386 * @since 1.26
2387 */
2388 $wgWANObjectCaches = [
2389 CACHE_NONE => [
2390 'class' => WANObjectCache::class,
2391 'cacheId' => CACHE_NONE,
2392 'channels' => []
2393 ]
2394 /* Example of a simple single data-center cache:
2395 'memcached-php' => [
2396 'class' => WANObjectCache::class,
2397 'cacheId' => 'memcached-php',
2398 'channels' => [ 'purge' => 'wancache-main-memcached-purge' ]
2399 ]
2400 */
2401 ];
2402
2403 /**
2404 * Verify and enforce WAN cache purges using reliable DB sources as streams.
2405 *
2406 * These secondary cache purges are de-duplicated via simple cache mutexes.
2407 * This improves consistency when cache purges are lost, which becomes more likely
2408 * as more cache servers are added or if there are multiple datacenters. Only keys
2409 * related to important mutable content will be checked.
2410 *
2411 * @var bool
2412 * @since 1.29
2413 */
2414 $wgEnableWANCacheReaper = false;
2415
2416 /**
2417 * Main object stash type. This should be a fast storage system for storing
2418 * lightweight data like hit counters and user activity. Sites with multiple
2419 * data-centers should have this use a store that replicates all writes. The
2420 * store should have enough consistency for CAS operations to be usable.
2421 * Reads outside of those needed for merge() may be eventually consistent.
2422 *
2423 * The options are:
2424 * - db: Store cache objects in the DB
2425 * - (other): A string may be used which identifies a cache
2426 * configuration in $wgObjectCaches
2427 *
2428 * @since 1.26
2429 */
2430 $wgMainStash = 'db-replicated';
2431
2432 /**
2433 * The expiry time for the parser cache, in seconds.
2434 * The default is 86400 (one day).
2435 */
2436 $wgParserCacheExpireTime = 86400;
2437
2438 /**
2439 * @deprecated since 1.27, session data is always stored in object cache.
2440 */
2441 $wgSessionsInObjectCache = true;
2442
2443 /**
2444 * The expiry time to use for session storage, in seconds.
2445 */
2446 $wgObjectCacheSessionExpiry = 3600;
2447
2448 /**
2449 * @deprecated since 1.27, MediaWiki\Session\SessionManager doesn't use PHP session storage.
2450 */
2451 $wgSessionHandler = null;
2452
2453 /**
2454 * Whether to use PHP session handling ($_SESSION and session_*() functions)
2455 *
2456 * If the constant MW_NO_SESSION is defined, this is forced to 'disable'.
2457 *
2458 * If the constant MW_NO_SESSION_HANDLER is defined, this is ignored and PHP
2459 * session handling will function independently of SessionHandler.
2460 * SessionHandler and PHP's session handling may attempt to override each
2461 * others' cookies.
2462 *
2463 * @since 1.27
2464 * @var string
2465 * - 'enable': Integrate with PHP's session handling as much as possible.
2466 * - 'warn': Integrate but log warnings if anything changes $_SESSION.
2467 * - 'disable': Throw exceptions if PHP session handling is used.
2468 */
2469 $wgPHPSessionHandling = 'enable';
2470
2471 /**
2472 * Number of internal PBKDF2 iterations to use when deriving session secrets.
2473 *
2474 * @since 1.28
2475 */
2476 $wgSessionPbkdf2Iterations = 10001;
2477
2478 /**
2479 * If enabled, will send MemCached debugging information to $wgDebugLogFile
2480 */
2481 $wgMemCachedDebug = false;
2482
2483 /**
2484 * The list of MemCached servers and port numbers
2485 */
2486 $wgMemCachedServers = [ '127.0.0.1:11211' ];
2487
2488 /**
2489 * Use persistent connections to MemCached, which are shared across multiple
2490 * requests.
2491 */
2492 $wgMemCachedPersistent = false;
2493
2494 /**
2495 * Read/write timeout for MemCached server communication, in microseconds.
2496 */
2497 $wgMemCachedTimeout = 500000;
2498
2499 /**
2500 * Set this to true to maintain a copy of the message cache on the local server.
2501 *
2502 * This layer of message cache is in addition to the one configured by $wgMessageCacheType.
2503 *
2504 * The local copy is put in APC. If APC is not installed, this setting does nothing.
2505 *
2506 * Note that this is about the message cache, which stores interface messages
2507 * maintained as wiki pages. This is separate from the localisation cache for interface
2508 * messages provided by the software, which is configured by $wgLocalisationCacheConf.
2509 */
2510 $wgUseLocalMessageCache = false;
2511
2512 /**
2513 * Instead of caching everything, only cache those messages which have
2514 * been customised in the site content language. This means that
2515 * MediaWiki:Foo/ja is ignored if MediaWiki:Foo doesn't exist.
2516 * This option is probably only useful for translatewiki.net.
2517 */
2518 $wgAdaptiveMessageCache = false;
2519
2520 /**
2521 * Localisation cache configuration. Associative array with keys:
2522 * class: The class to use. May be overridden by extensions.
2523 *
2524 * store: The location to store cache data. May be 'files', 'array', 'db' or
2525 * 'detect'. If set to "files", data will be in CDB files. If set
2526 * to "db", data will be stored to the database. If set to
2527 * "detect", files will be used if $wgCacheDirectory is set,
2528 * otherwise the database will be used.
2529 * "array" is an experimental option that uses PHP files that
2530 * store static arrays.
2531 *
2532 * storeClass: The class name for the underlying storage. If set to a class
2533 * name, it overrides the "store" setting.
2534 *
2535 * storeDirectory: If the store class puts its data in files, this is the
2536 * directory it will use. If this is false, $wgCacheDirectory
2537 * will be used.
2538 *
2539 * manualRecache: Set this to true to disable cache updates on web requests.
2540 * Use maintenance/rebuildLocalisationCache.php instead.
2541 */
2542 $wgLocalisationCacheConf = [
2543 'class' => LocalisationCache::class,
2544 'store' => 'detect',
2545 'storeClass' => false,
2546 'storeDirectory' => false,
2547 'manualRecache' => false,
2548 ];
2549
2550 /**
2551 * Allow client-side caching of pages
2552 */
2553 $wgCachePages = true;
2554
2555 /**
2556 * Set this to current time to invalidate all prior cached pages. Affects both
2557 * client-side and server-side caching.
2558 * You can get the current date on your server by using the command:
2559 * @verbatim
2560 * date +%Y%m%d%H%M%S
2561 * @endverbatim
2562 */
2563 $wgCacheEpoch = '20030516000000';
2564
2565 /**
2566 * Directory where GitInfo will look for pre-computed cache files. If false,
2567 * $wgCacheDirectory/gitinfo will be used.
2568 */
2569 $wgGitInfoCacheDirectory = false;
2570
2571 /**
2572 * This will cache static pages for non-logged-in users to reduce
2573 * database traffic on public sites. ResourceLoader requests to default
2574 * language and skins are cached as well as single module requests.
2575 */
2576 $wgUseFileCache = false;
2577
2578 /**
2579 * Depth of the subdirectory hierarchy to be created under
2580 * $wgFileCacheDirectory. The subdirectories will be named based on
2581 * the MD5 hash of the title. A value of 0 means all cache files will
2582 * be put directly into the main file cache directory.
2583 */
2584 $wgFileCacheDepth = 2;
2585
2586 /**
2587 * Kept for extension compatibility; see $wgParserCacheType
2588 * @deprecated since 1.26
2589 */
2590 $wgEnableParserCache = true;
2591
2592 /**
2593 * Append a configured value to the parser cache and the sitenotice key so
2594 * that they can be kept separate for some class of activity.
2595 */
2596 $wgRenderHashAppend = '';
2597
2598 /**
2599 * If on, the sidebar navigation links are cached for users with the
2600 * current language set. This can save a touch of load on a busy site
2601 * by shaving off extra message lookups.
2602 *
2603 * However it is also fragile: changing the site configuration, or
2604 * having a variable $wgArticlePath, can produce broken links that
2605 * don't update as expected.
2606 */
2607 $wgEnableSidebarCache = false;
2608
2609 /**
2610 * Expiry time for the sidebar cache, in seconds
2611 */
2612 $wgSidebarCacheExpiry = 86400;
2613
2614 /**
2615 * When using the file cache, we can store the cached HTML gzipped to save disk
2616 * space. Pages will then also be served compressed to clients that support it.
2617 *
2618 * Requires zlib support enabled in PHP.
2619 */
2620 $wgUseGzip = false;
2621
2622 /**
2623 * Clock skew or the one-second resolution of time() can occasionally cause cache
2624 * problems when the user requests two pages within a short period of time. This
2625 * variable adds a given number of seconds to vulnerable timestamps, thereby giving
2626 * a grace period.
2627 */
2628 $wgClockSkewFudge = 5;
2629
2630 /**
2631 * Invalidate various caches when LocalSettings.php changes. This is equivalent
2632 * to setting $wgCacheEpoch to the modification time of LocalSettings.php, as
2633 * was previously done in the default LocalSettings.php file.
2634 *
2635 * On high-traffic wikis, this should be set to false, to avoid the need to
2636 * check the file modification time, and to avoid the performance impact of
2637 * unnecessary cache invalidations.
2638 */
2639 $wgInvalidateCacheOnLocalSettingsChange = true;
2640
2641 /**
2642 * When loading extensions through the extension registration system, this
2643 * can be used to invalidate the cache. A good idea would be to set this to
2644 * one file, you can just `touch` that one to invalidate the cache
2645 *
2646 * @par Example:
2647 * @code
2648 * $wgExtensionInfoMtime = filemtime( "$IP/LocalSettings.php" );
2649 * @endcode
2650 *
2651 * If set to false, the mtime for each individual JSON file will be checked,
2652 * which can be slow if a large number of extensions are being loaded.
2653 *
2654 * @var int|bool
2655 */
2656 $wgExtensionInfoMTime = false;
2657
2658 /** @} */ # end of cache settings
2659
2660 /************************************************************************//**
2661 * @name HTTP proxy (CDN) settings
2662 *
2663 * Many of these settings apply to any HTTP proxy used in front of MediaWiki,
2664 * although they are referred to as Squid settings for historical reasons.
2665 *
2666 * Achieving a high hit ratio with an HTTP proxy requires special
2667 * configuration. See https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:Squid_caching for
2668 * more details.
2669 *
2670 * @{
2671 */
2672
2673 /**
2674 * Enable/disable CDN.
2675 * See https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:Squid_caching
2676 */
2677 $wgUseSquid = false;
2678
2679 /**
2680 * If you run Squid3 with ESI support, enable this (default:false):
2681 */
2682 $wgUseESI = false;
2683
2684 /**
2685 * Send the Key HTTP header for better caching.
2686 * See https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/draft-fielding-http-key/ for details.
2687 * @since 1.27
2688 */
2689 $wgUseKeyHeader = false;
2690
2691 /**
2692 * Add X-Forwarded-Proto to the Vary and Key headers for API requests and
2693 * RSS/Atom feeds. Use this if you have an SSL termination setup
2694 * and need to split the cache between HTTP and HTTPS for API requests,
2695 * feed requests and HTTP redirect responses in order to prevent cache
2696 * pollution. This does not affect 'normal' requests to index.php other than
2697 * HTTP redirects.
2698 */
2699 $wgVaryOnXFP = false;
2700
2701 /**
2702 * Internal server name as known to CDN, if different.
2703 *
2704 * @par Example:
2705 * @code
2706 * $wgInternalServer = 'http://yourinternal.tld:8000';
2707 * @endcode
2708 */
2709 $wgInternalServer = false;
2710
2711 /**
2712 * Cache TTL for the CDN sent as s-maxage (without ESI) or
2713 * Surrogate-Control (with ESI). Without ESI, you should strip
2714 * out s-maxage in the CDN config.
2715 *
2716 * 18000 seconds = 5 hours, more cache hits with 2678400 = 31 days.
2717 */
2718 $wgSquidMaxage = 18000;
2719
2720 /**
2721 * Cache timeout for the CDN when DB replica DB lag is high
2722 * @see $wgSquidMaxage
2723 * @since 1.27
2724 */
2725 $wgCdnMaxageLagged = 30;
2726
2727 /**
2728 * If set, any SquidPurge call on a URL or URLs will send a second purge no less than
2729 * this many seconds later via the job queue. This requires delayed job support.
2730 * This should be safely higher than the 'max lag' value in $wgLBFactoryConf, so that
2731 * replica DB lag does not cause page to be stuck in stales states in CDN.
2732 *
2733 * This also fixes race conditions in two-tiered CDN setups (e.g. cdn2 => cdn1 => MediaWiki).
2734 * If a purge for a URL reaches cdn2 before cdn1 and a request reaches cdn2 for that URL,
2735 * it will populate the response from the stale cdn1 value. When cdn1 gets the purge, cdn2
2736 * will still be stale. If the rebound purge delay is safely higher than the time to relay
2737 * a purge to all nodes, then the rebound puge will clear cdn2 after cdn1 was cleared.
2738 *
2739 * @since 1.27
2740 */
2741 $wgCdnReboundPurgeDelay = 0;
2742
2743 /**
2744 * Cache timeout for the CDN when a response is known to be wrong or incomplete (due to load)
2745 * @see $wgSquidMaxage
2746 * @since 1.27
2747 */
2748 $wgCdnMaxageSubstitute = 60;
2749
2750 /**
2751 * Default maximum age for raw CSS/JS accesses
2752 *
2753 * 300 seconds = 5 minutes.
2754 */
2755 $wgForcedRawSMaxage = 300;
2756
2757 /**
2758 * List of proxy servers to purge on changes; default port is 80. Use IP addresses.
2759 *
2760 * When MediaWiki is running behind a proxy, it will trust X-Forwarded-For
2761 * headers sent/modified from these proxies when obtaining the remote IP address
2762 *
2763 * For a list of trusted servers which *aren't* purged, see $wgSquidServersNoPurge.
2764 */
2765 $wgSquidServers = [];
2766
2767 /**
2768 * As above, except these servers aren't purged on page changes; use to set a
2769 * list of trusted proxies, etc. Supports both individual IP addresses and
2770 * CIDR blocks.
2771 * @since 1.23 Supports CIDR ranges
2772 */
2773 $wgSquidServersNoPurge = [];
2774
2775 /**
2776 * Whether to use a Host header in purge requests sent to the proxy servers
2777 * configured in $wgSquidServers. Set this to false to support Squid
2778 * configured in forward-proxy mode.
2779 *
2780 * If this is set to true, a Host header will be sent, and only the path
2781 * component of the URL will appear on the request line, as if the request
2782 * were a non-proxy HTTP 1.1 request. Varnish only supports this style of
2783 * request. Squid supports this style of request only if reverse-proxy mode
2784 * (http_port ... accel) is enabled.
2785 *
2786 * If this is set to false, no Host header will be sent, and the absolute URL
2787 * will be sent in the request line, as is the standard for an HTTP proxy
2788 * request in both HTTP 1.0 and 1.1. This style of request is not supported
2789 * by Varnish, but is supported by Squid in either configuration (forward or
2790 * reverse).
2791 *
2792 * @since 1.21
2793 */
2794 $wgSquidPurgeUseHostHeader = true;
2795
2796 /**
2797 * Routing configuration for HTCP multicast purging. Add elements here to
2798 * enable HTCP and determine which purges are sent where. If set to an empty
2799 * array, HTCP is disabled.
2800 *
2801 * Each key in this array is a regular expression to match against the purged
2802 * URL, or an empty string to match all URLs. The purged URL is matched against
2803 * the regexes in the order specified, and the first rule whose regex matches
2804 * is used, all remaining rules will thus be ignored.
2805 *
2806 * @par Example configuration to send purges for upload.wikimedia.org to one
2807 * multicast group and all other purges to another:
2808 * @code
2809 * $wgHTCPRouting = [
2810 * '|^https?://upload\.wikimedia\.org|' => [
2811 * 'host' => '239.128.0.113',
2812 * 'port' => 4827,
2813 * ],
2814 * '' => [
2815 * 'host' => '239.128.0.112',
2816 * 'port' => 4827,
2817 * ],
2818 * ];
2819 * @endcode
2820 *
2821 * You can also pass an array of hosts to send purges too. This is useful when
2822 * you have several multicast groups or unicast address that should receive a
2823 * given purge. Multiple hosts support was introduced in MediaWiki 1.22.
2824 *
2825 * @par Example of sending purges to multiple hosts:
2826 * @code
2827 * $wgHTCPRouting = [
2828 * '' => [
2829 * // Purges to text caches using multicast
2830 * [ 'host' => '239.128.0.114', 'port' => '4827' ],
2831 * // Purges to a hardcoded list of caches
2832 * [ 'host' => '10.88.66.1', 'port' => '4827' ],
2833 * [ 'host' => '10.88.66.2', 'port' => '4827' ],
2834 * [ 'host' => '10.88.66.3', 'port' => '4827' ],
2835 * ],
2836 * ];
2837 * @endcode
2838 *
2839 * @since 1.22
2840 *
2841 * $wgHTCPRouting replaces $wgHTCPMulticastRouting that was introduced in 1.20.
2842 * For back compatibility purposes, whenever its array is empty
2843 * $wgHTCPMutlicastRouting will be used as a fallback if it not null.
2844 *
2845 * @see $wgHTCPMulticastTTL
2846 */
2847 $wgHTCPRouting = [];
2848
2849 /**
2850 * HTCP multicast TTL.
2851 * @see $wgHTCPRouting
2852 */
2853 $wgHTCPMulticastTTL = 1;
2854
2855 /**
2856 * Should forwarded Private IPs be accepted?
2857 */
2858 $wgUsePrivateIPs = false;
2859
2860 /** @} */ # end of HTTP proxy settings
2861
2862 /************************************************************************//**
2863 * @name Language, regional and character encoding settings
2864 * @{
2865 */
2866
2867 /**
2868 * Site language code. See languages/data/Names.php for languages supported by
2869 * MediaWiki out of the box. Not all languages listed there have translations,
2870 * see languages/messages/ for the list of languages with some localisation.
2871 *
2872 * Warning: Don't use any of MediaWiki's deprecated language codes listed in
2873 * LanguageCode::getDeprecatedCodeMapping or $wgDummyLanguageCodes, like "no"
2874 * for Norwegian (use "nb" instead). If you do, things will break unexpectedly.
2875 *
2876 * This defines the default interface language for all users, but users can
2877 * change it in their preferences.
2878 *
2879 * This also defines the language of pages in the wiki. The content is wrapped
2880 * in a html element with lang=XX attribute. This behavior can be overridden
2881 * via hooks, see Title::getPageLanguage.
2882 */
2883 $wgLanguageCode = 'en';
2884
2885 /**
2886 * Language cache size, or really how many languages can we handle
2887 * simultaneously without degrading to crawl speed.
2888 */
2889 $wgLangObjCacheSize = 10;
2890
2891 /**
2892 * Some languages need different word forms, usually for different cases.
2893 * Used in Language::convertGrammar().
2894 *
2895 * @par Example:
2896 * @code
2897 * $wgGrammarForms['en']['genitive']['car'] = 'car\'s';
2898 * @endcode
2899 */
2900 $wgGrammarForms = [];
2901
2902 /**
2903 * Treat language links as magic connectors, not inline links
2904 */
2905 $wgInterwikiMagic = true;
2906
2907 /**
2908 * Hide interlanguage links from the sidebar
2909 */
2910 $wgHideInterlanguageLinks = false;
2911
2912 /**
2913 * List of additional interwiki prefixes that should be treated as
2914 * interlanguage links (i.e. placed in the sidebar).
2915 * Notes:
2916 * - This will not do anything unless the prefixes are defined in the interwiki
2917 * map.
2918 * - The display text for these custom interlanguage links will be fetched from
2919 * the system message "interlanguage-link-xyz" where xyz is the prefix in
2920 * this array.
2921 * - A friendly name for each site, used for tooltip text, may optionally be
2922 * placed in the system message "interlanguage-link-sitename-xyz" where xyz is
2923 * the prefix in this array.
2924 */
2925 $wgExtraInterlanguageLinkPrefixes = [];
2926
2927 /**
2928 * List of language names or overrides for default names in Names.php
2929 */
2930 $wgExtraLanguageNames = [];
2931
2932 /**
2933 * List of mappings from one language code to another.
2934 * This array makes the codes not appear as a selectable language on the
2935 * installer, and excludes them when running the transstat.php script.
2936 *
2937 * In Setup.php, the variable $wgDummyLanguageCodes is created by combining
2938 * these codes with a list of "deprecated" codes, which are mostly leftovers
2939 * from renames or other legacy things, and the internal codes 'qqq' and 'qqx'.
2940 * If a mapping in $wgExtraLanguageCodes collide with a built-in mapping, the
2941 * value in $wgExtraLanguageCodes will be used.
2942 *
2943 * @since 1.29
2944 */
2945 $wgExtraLanguageCodes = [
2946 'bh' => 'bho', // Bihari language family
2947 'no' => 'nb', // Norwegian language family
2948 'simple' => 'en', // Simple English
2949 ];
2950
2951 /**
2952 * Functionally the same as $wgExtraLanguageCodes, but deprecated. Instead of
2953 * appending values to this array, append them to $wgExtraLanguageCodes.
2954 *
2955 * @deprecated since 1.29
2956 */
2957 $wgDummyLanguageCodes = [];
2958
2959 /**
2960 * Set this to true to replace Arabic presentation forms with their standard
2961 * forms in the U+0600-U+06FF block. This only works if $wgLanguageCode is
2962 * set to "ar".
2963 *
2964 * Note that pages with titles containing presentation forms will become
2965 * inaccessible, run maintenance/cleanupTitles.php to fix this.
2966 */
2967 $wgFixArabicUnicode = true;
2968
2969 /**
2970 * Set this to true to replace ZWJ-based chillu sequences in Malayalam text
2971 * with their Unicode 5.1 equivalents. This only works if $wgLanguageCode is
2972 * set to "ml". Note that some clients (even new clients as of 2010) do not
2973 * support these characters.
2974 *
2975 * If you enable this on an existing wiki, run maintenance/cleanupTitles.php to
2976 * fix any ZWJ sequences in existing page titles.
2977 */
2978 $wgFixMalayalamUnicode = true;
2979
2980 /**
2981 * Set this to always convert certain Unicode sequences to modern ones
2982 * regardless of the content language. This has a small performance
2983 * impact.
2984 *
2985 * See $wgFixArabicUnicode and $wgFixMalayalamUnicode for conversion
2986 * details.
2987 *
2988 * @since 1.17
2989 */
2990 $wgAllUnicodeFixes = false;
2991
2992 /**
2993 * Set this to eg 'ISO-8859-1' to perform character set conversion when
2994 * loading old revisions not marked with "utf-8" flag. Use this when
2995 * converting a wiki from MediaWiki 1.4 or earlier to UTF-8 without the
2996 * burdensome mass conversion of old text data.
2997 *
2998 * @note This DOES NOT touch any fields other than old_text. Titles, comments,
2999 * user names, etc still must be converted en masse in the database before
3000 * continuing as a UTF-8 wiki.
3001 */
3002 $wgLegacyEncoding = false;
3003
3004 /**
3005 * @deprecated since 1.30, does nothing
3006 */
3007 $wgBrowserBlackList = [];
3008
3009 /**
3010 * If set to true, the MediaWiki 1.4 to 1.5 schema conversion will
3011 * create stub reference rows in the text table instead of copying
3012 * the full text of all current entries from 'cur' to 'text'.
3013 *
3014 * This will speed up the conversion step for large sites, but
3015 * requires that the cur table be kept around for those revisions
3016 * to remain viewable.
3017 *
3018 * This option affects the updaters *only*. Any present cur stub
3019 * revisions will be readable at runtime regardless of this setting.
3020 */
3021 $wgLegacySchemaConversion = false;
3022
3023 /**
3024 * Enable dates like 'May 12' instead of '12 May', if the default date format
3025 * is 'dmy or mdy'.
3026 */
3027 $wgAmericanDates = false;
3028
3029 /**
3030 * For Hindi and Arabic use local numerals instead of Western style (0-9)
3031 * numerals in interface.
3032 */
3033 $wgTranslateNumerals = true;
3034
3035 /**
3036 * Translation using MediaWiki: namespace.
3037 * Interface messages will be loaded from the database.
3038 */
3039 $wgUseDatabaseMessages = true;
3040
3041 /**
3042 * Expiry time for the message cache key
3043 */
3044 $wgMsgCacheExpiry = 86400;
3045
3046 /**
3047 * Maximum entry size in the message cache, in bytes
3048 */
3049 $wgMaxMsgCacheEntrySize = 10000;
3050
3051 /**
3052 * Whether to enable language variant conversion.
3053 */
3054 $wgDisableLangConversion = false;
3055
3056 /**
3057 * Whether to enable language variant conversion for links.
3058 */
3059 $wgDisableTitleConversion = false;
3060
3061 /**
3062 * Default variant code, if false, the default will be the language code
3063 */
3064 $wgDefaultLanguageVariant = false;
3065
3066 /**
3067 * Whether to enable the pig latin variant of English (en-x-piglatin),
3068 * used to ease variant development work.
3069 */
3070 $wgUsePigLatinVariant = false;
3071
3072 /**
3073 * Disabled variants array of language variant conversion.
3074 *
3075 * @par Example:
3076 * @code
3077 * $wgDisabledVariants[] = 'zh-mo';
3078 * $wgDisabledVariants[] = 'zh-my';
3079 * @endcode
3080 */
3081 $wgDisabledVariants = [];
3082
3083 /**
3084 * Like $wgArticlePath, but on multi-variant wikis, this provides a
3085 * path format that describes which parts of the URL contain the
3086 * language variant.
3087 *
3088 * @par Example:
3089 * @code
3090 * $wgLanguageCode = 'sr';
3091 * $wgVariantArticlePath = '/$2/$1';
3092 * $wgArticlePath = '/wiki/$1';
3093 * @endcode
3094 *
3095 * A link to /wiki/ would be redirected to /sr/Главна_страна
3096 *
3097 * It is important that $wgArticlePath not overlap with possible values
3098 * of $wgVariantArticlePath.
3099 */
3100 $wgVariantArticlePath = false;
3101
3102 /**
3103 * Show a bar of language selection links in the user login and user
3104 * registration forms; edit the "loginlanguagelinks" message to
3105 * customise these.
3106 */
3107 $wgLoginLanguageSelector = false;
3108
3109 /**
3110 * When translating messages with wfMessage(), it is not always clear what
3111 * should be considered UI messages and what should be content messages.
3112 *
3113 * For example, for the English Wikipedia, there should be only one 'mainpage',
3114 * so when getting the link for 'mainpage', we should treat it as site content
3115 * and call ->inContentLanguage()->text(), but for rendering the text of the
3116 * link, we call ->text(). The code behaves this way by default. However,
3117 * sites like the Wikimedia Commons do offer different versions of 'mainpage'
3118 * and the like for different languages. This array provides a way to override
3119 * the default behavior.
3120 *
3121 * @par Example:
3122 * To allow language-specific main page and community
3123 * portal:
3124 * @code
3125 * $wgForceUIMsgAsContentMsg = [ 'mainpage', 'portal-url' ];
3126 * @endcode
3127 */
3128 $wgForceUIMsgAsContentMsg = [];
3129
3130 /**
3131 * Fake out the timezone that the server thinks it's in. This will be used for
3132 * date display and not for what's stored in the DB. Leave to null to retain
3133 * your server's OS-based timezone value.
3134 *
3135 * This variable is currently used only for signature formatting and for local
3136 * time/date parser variables ({{LOCALTIME}} etc.)
3137 *
3138 * Timezones can be translated by editing MediaWiki messages of type
3139 * timezone-nameinlowercase like timezone-utc.
3140 *
3141 * A list of usable timezones can found at:
3142 * https://secure.php.net/manual/en/timezones.php
3143 *
3144 * @par Examples:
3145 * @code
3146 * $wgLocaltimezone = 'UTC';
3147 * $wgLocaltimezone = 'GMT';
3148 * $wgLocaltimezone = 'PST8PDT';
3149 * $wgLocaltimezone = 'Europe/Sweden';
3150 * $wgLocaltimezone = 'CET';
3151 * @endcode
3152 */
3153 $wgLocaltimezone = null;
3154
3155 /**
3156 * Set an offset from UTC in minutes to use for the default timezone setting
3157 * for anonymous users and new user accounts.
3158 *
3159 * This setting is used for most date/time displays in the software, and is
3160 * overridable in user preferences. It is *not* used for signature timestamps.
3161 *
3162 * By default, this will be set to match $wgLocaltimezone.
3163 */
3164 $wgLocalTZoffset = null;
3165
3166 /** @} */ # End of language/charset settings
3167
3168 /*************************************************************************//**
3169 * @name Output format and skin settings
3170 * @{
3171 */
3172
3173 /**
3174 * The default Content-Type header.
3175 */
3176 $wgMimeType = 'text/html';
3177
3178 /**
3179 * Previously used as content type in HTML script tags. This is now ignored since
3180 * HTML5 doesn't require a MIME type for script tags (javascript is the default).
3181 * It was also previously used by RawAction to determine the ctype query parameter
3182 * value that will result in a javascript response.
3183 * @deprecated since 1.22
3184 */
3185 $wgJsMimeType = null;
3186
3187 /**
3188 * The default xmlns attribute. The option to define this has been removed.
3189 * The value of this variable is no longer used by core and is set to a fixed
3190 * value in Setup.php for compatibility with extensions that depend on the value
3191 * of this variable being set. Such a dependency however is deprecated.
3192 * @deprecated since 1.22
3193 */
3194 $wgXhtmlDefaultNamespace = null;
3195
3196 /**
3197 * Previously used to determine if we should output an HTML5 doctype.
3198 * This is no longer used as we always output HTML5 now. For compatibility with
3199 * extensions that still check the value of this config it's value is now forced
3200 * to true by Setup.php.
3201 * @deprecated since 1.22
3202 */
3203 $wgHtml5 = true;
3204
3205 /**
3206 * Defines the value of the version attribute in the &lt;html&gt; tag, if any.
3207 *
3208 * If your wiki uses RDFa, set it to the correct value for RDFa+HTML5.
3209 * Correct current values are 'HTML+RDFa 1.0' or 'XHTML+RDFa 1.0'.
3210 * See also https://www.w3.org/TR/rdfa-in-html/#document-conformance
3211 * @since 1.16
3212 */
3213 $wgHtml5Version = null;
3214
3215 /**
3216 * Temporary variable that allows HTMLForms to be rendered as tables.
3217 * Table based layouts cause various issues when designing for mobile.
3218 * This global allows skins or extensions a means to force non-table based rendering.
3219 * Setting to false forces form components to always render as div elements.
3220 * @since 1.24
3221 */
3222 $wgHTMLFormAllowTableFormat = true;
3223
3224 /**
3225 * Temporary variable that applies MediaWiki UI wherever it can be supported.
3226 * Temporary variable that should be removed when mediawiki ui is more
3227 * stable and change has been communicated.
3228 * @since 1.24
3229 */
3230 $wgUseMediaWikiUIEverywhere = false;
3231
3232 /**
3233 * Temporary variable that determines whether Special:Preferences should use OOUI or not.
3234 * This will be removed later and OOUI will become the only option.
3235 *
3236 * @since 1.32
3237 */
3238 $wgOOUIPreferences = false;
3239
3240 /**
3241 * Whether to label the store-to-database-and-show-to-others button in the editor
3242 * as "Save page"/"Save changes" if false (the default) or, if true, instead as
3243 * "Publish page"/"Publish changes".
3244 *
3245 * @since 1.28
3246 */
3247 $wgEditSubmitButtonLabelPublish = false;
3248
3249 /**
3250 * Permit other namespaces in addition to the w3.org default.
3251 *
3252 * Use the prefix for the key and the namespace for the value.
3253 *
3254 * @par Example:
3255 * @code
3256 * $wgXhtmlNamespaces['svg'] = 'http://www.w3.org/2000/svg';
3257 * @endcode
3258 * Normally we wouldn't have to define this in the root "<html>"
3259 * element, but IE needs it there in some circumstances.
3260 *
3261 * This is ignored if $wgMimeType is set to a non-XML MIME type.
3262 */
3263 $wgXhtmlNamespaces = [];
3264
3265 /**
3266 * Site notice shown at the top of each page
3267 *
3268 * MediaWiki:Sitenotice page, which will override this. You can also
3269 * provide a separate message for logged-out users using the
3270 * MediaWiki:Anonnotice page.
3271 */
3272 $wgSiteNotice = '';
3273
3274 /**
3275 * Default skin, for new users and anonymous visitors. Registered users may
3276 * change this to any one of the other available skins in their preferences.
3277 */
3278 $wgDefaultSkin = 'vector';
3279
3280 /**
3281 * Fallback skin used when the skin defined by $wgDefaultSkin can't be found.
3282 *
3283 * @since 1.24
3284 */
3285 $wgFallbackSkin = 'fallback';
3286
3287 /**
3288 * Specify the names of skins that should not be presented in the list of
3289 * available skins in user preferences. If you want to remove a skin entirely,
3290 * remove it from the skins/ directory and its entry from LocalSettings.php.
3291 */
3292 $wgSkipSkins = [];
3293
3294 /**
3295 * @deprecated since 1.23; use $wgSkipSkins instead
3296 */
3297 $wgSkipSkin = '';
3298
3299 /**
3300 * Allow user Javascript page?
3301 * This enables a lot of neat customizations, but may
3302 * increase security risk to users and server load.
3303 */
3304 $wgAllowUserJs = false;
3305
3306 /**
3307 * Allow user Cascading Style Sheets (CSS)?
3308 * This enables a lot of neat customizations, but may
3309 * increase security risk to users and server load.
3310 */
3311 $wgAllowUserCss = false;
3312
3313 /**
3314 * Allow style-related user-preferences?
3315 *
3316 * This controls whether the `editfont` and `underline` preferences
3317 * are availabe to users.
3318 */
3319 $wgAllowUserCssPrefs = true;
3320
3321 /**
3322 * Use the site's Javascript page?
3323 */
3324 $wgUseSiteJs = true;
3325
3326 /**
3327 * Use the site's Cascading Style Sheets (CSS)?
3328 */
3329 $wgUseSiteCss = true;
3330
3331 /**
3332 * Break out of framesets. This can be used to prevent clickjacking attacks,
3333 * or to prevent external sites from framing your site with ads.
3334 */
3335 $wgBreakFrames = false;
3336
3337 /**
3338 * The X-Frame-Options header to send on pages sensitive to clickjacking
3339 * attacks, such as edit pages. This prevents those pages from being displayed
3340 * in a frame or iframe. The options are:
3341 *
3342 * - 'DENY': Do not allow framing. This is recommended for most wikis.
3343 *
3344 * - 'SAMEORIGIN': Allow framing by pages on the same domain. This can be used
3345 * to allow framing within a trusted domain. This is insecure if there
3346 * is a page on the same domain which allows framing of arbitrary URLs.
3347 *
3348 * - false: Allow all framing. This opens up the wiki to XSS attacks and thus
3349 * full compromise of local user accounts. Private wikis behind a
3350 * corporate firewall are especially vulnerable. This is not
3351 * recommended.
3352 *
3353 * For extra safety, set $wgBreakFrames = true, to prevent framing on all pages,
3354 * not just edit pages.
3355 */
3356 $wgEditPageFrameOptions = 'DENY';
3357
3358 /**
3359 * Disallow framing of API pages directly, by setting the X-Frame-Options
3360 * header. Since the API returns CSRF tokens, allowing the results to be
3361 * framed can compromise your user's account security.
3362 * Options are:
3363 * - 'DENY': Do not allow framing. This is recommended for most wikis.
3364 * - 'SAMEORIGIN': Allow framing by pages on the same domain.
3365 * - false: Allow all framing.
3366 * Note: $wgBreakFrames will override this for human formatted API output.
3367 */
3368 $wgApiFrameOptions = 'DENY';
3369
3370 /**
3371 * Disable output compression (enabled by default if zlib is available)
3372 */
3373 $wgDisableOutputCompression = false;
3374
3375 /**
3376 * How should section IDs be encoded?
3377 * This array can contain 1 or 2 elements, each of them can be one of:
3378 * - 'html5' is modern HTML5 style encoding with minimal escaping. Displays Unicode
3379 * characters in most browsers' address bars.
3380 * - 'legacy' is old MediaWiki-style encoding, e.g. 啤酒 turns into .E5.95.A4.E9.85.92
3381 *
3382 * The first element of this array specifies the primary mode of escaping IDs. This
3383 * is what users will see when they e.g. follow an [[#internal link]] to a section of
3384 * a page.
3385 *
3386 * The optional second element defines a fallback mode, useful for migrations.
3387 * If present, it will direct MediaWiki to add empty <span>s to every section with its
3388 * id attribute set to fallback encoded title so that links using the previous encoding
3389 * would still work.
3390 *
3391 * Example: you want to migrate your wiki from 'legacy' to 'html5'
3392 *
3393 * On the first step, set this variable to [ 'legacy', 'html5' ]. After a while, when
3394 * all caches (parser, HTTP, etc.) contain only pages generated with this setting,
3395 * flip the value to [ 'html5', 'legacy' ]. This will result in all internal links being
3396 * generated in the new encoding while old links (both external and cached internal) will
3397 * still work. After a long time, you might want to ditch backwards compatibility and
3398 * set it to [ 'html5' ]. After all, pages get edited, breaking incoming links no matter which
3399 * fragment mode is used.
3400 *
3401 * @since 1.30
3402 */
3403 $wgFragmentMode = [ 'legacy', 'html5' ];
3404
3405 /**
3406 * Which ID escaping mode should be used for external interwiki links? See documentation
3407 * for $wgFragmentMode above for details of each mode. Because you can't control external sites,
3408 * this setting should probably always be 'legacy', unless every wiki you link to has converted
3409 * to 'html5'.
3410 *
3411 * @since 1.30
3412 */
3413 $wgExternalInterwikiFragmentMode = 'legacy';
3414
3415 /**
3416 * Abstract list of footer icons for skins in place of old copyrightico and poweredbyico code
3417 * You can add new icons to the built in copyright or poweredby, or you can create
3418 * a new block. Though note that you may need to add some custom css to get good styling
3419 * of new blocks in monobook. vector and modern should work without any special css.
3420 *
3421 * $wgFooterIcons itself is a key/value array.
3422 * The key is the name of a block that the icons will be wrapped in. The final id varies
3423 * by skin; Monobook and Vector will turn poweredby into f-poweredbyico while Modern
3424 * turns it into mw_poweredby.
3425 * The value is either key/value array of icons or a string.
3426 * In the key/value array the key may or may not be used by the skin but it can
3427 * be used to find the icon and unset it or change the icon if needed.
3428 * This is useful for disabling icons that are set by extensions.
3429 * The value should be either a string or an array. If it is a string it will be output
3430 * directly as html, however some skins may choose to ignore it. An array is the preferred format
3431 * for the icon, the following keys are used:
3432 * - src: An absolute url to the image to use for the icon, this is recommended
3433 * but not required, however some skins will ignore icons without an image
3434 * - srcset: optional additional-resolution images; see HTML5 specs
3435 * - url: The url to use in the a element around the text or icon, if not set an a element will
3436 * not be outputted
3437 * - alt: This is the text form of the icon, it will be displayed without an image in
3438 * skins like Modern or if src is not set, and will otherwise be used as
3439 * the alt="" for the image. This key is required.
3440 * - width and height: If the icon specified by src is not of the standard size
3441 * you can specify the size of image to use with these keys.
3442 * Otherwise they will default to the standard 88x31.
3443 * @todo Reformat documentation.
3444 */
3445 $wgFooterIcons = [
3446 "copyright" => [
3447 "copyright" => [], // placeholder for the built in copyright icon
3448 ],
3449 "poweredby" => [
3450 "mediawiki" => [
3451 // Defaults to point at
3452 // "$wgResourceBasePath/resources/assets/poweredby_mediawiki_88x31.png"
3453 // plus srcset for 1.5x, 2x resolution variants.
3454 "src" => null,
3455 "url" => "//www.mediawiki.org/",
3456 "alt" => "Powered by MediaWiki",
3457 ]
3458 ],
3459 ];
3460
3461 /**
3462 * Login / create account link behavior when it's possible for anonymous users
3463 * to create an account.
3464 * - true = use a combined login / create account link
3465 * - false = split login and create account into two separate links
3466 */
3467 $wgUseCombinedLoginLink = false;
3468
3469 /**
3470 * Display user edit counts in various prominent places.
3471 */
3472 $wgEdititis = false;
3473
3474 /**
3475 * Some web hosts attempt to rewrite all responses with a 404 (not found)
3476 * status code, mangling or hiding MediaWiki's output. If you are using such a
3477 * host, you should start looking for a better one. While you're doing that,
3478 * set this to false to convert some of MediaWiki's 404 responses to 200 so
3479 * that the generated error pages can be seen.
3480 *
3481 * In cases where for technical reasons it is more important for MediaWiki to
3482 * send the correct status code than for the body to be transmitted intact,
3483 * this configuration variable is ignored.
3484 */
3485 $wgSend404Code = true;
3486
3487 /**
3488 * The $wgShowRollbackEditCount variable is used to show how many edits can be rolled back.
3489 * The numeric value of the variable controls how many edits MediaWiki will look back to
3490 * determine whether a rollback is allowed (by checking that they are all from the same author).
3491 * If the value is false or 0, the edits are not counted. Disabling this will prevent MediaWiki
3492 * from hiding some useless rollback links.
3493 *
3494 * @since 1.20
3495 */
3496 $wgShowRollbackEditCount = 10;
3497
3498 /**
3499 * Output a <link rel="canonical"> tag on every page indicating the canonical
3500 * server which should be used, i.e. $wgServer or $wgCanonicalServer. Since
3501 * detection of the current server is unreliable, the link is sent
3502 * unconditionally.
3503 */
3504 $wgEnableCanonicalServerLink = false;
3505
3506 /**
3507 * When OutputHandler is used, mangle any output that contains
3508 * <cross-domain-policy>. Without this, an attacker can send their own
3509 * cross-domain policy unless it is prevented by the crossdomain.xml file at
3510 * the domain root.
3511 *
3512 * @since 1.25
3513 */
3514 $wgMangleFlashPolicy = true;
3515
3516 /** @} */ # End of output format settings }
3517
3518 /*************************************************************************//**
3519 * @name ResourceLoader settings
3520 * @{
3521 */
3522
3523 /**
3524 * Client-side resource modules.
3525 *
3526 * Extensions should add their ResourceLoader module definitions
3527 * to the $wgResourceModules variable.
3528 *
3529 * @par Example:
3530 * @code
3531 * $wgResourceModules['ext.myExtension'] = [
3532 * 'scripts' => 'myExtension.js',
3533 * 'styles' => 'myExtension.css',
3534 * 'dependencies' => [ 'jquery.cookie', 'jquery.tabIndex' ],
3535 * 'localBasePath' => __DIR__,
3536 * 'remoteExtPath' => 'MyExtension',
3537 * ];
3538 * @endcode
3539 */
3540 $wgResourceModules = [];
3541
3542 /**
3543 * Skin-specific styles for resource modules.
3544 *
3545 * These are later added to the 'skinStyles' list of the existing module. The 'styles' list can
3546 * not be modified or disabled.
3547 *
3548 * For example, here is a module "bar" and how skin Foo would provide additional styles for it.
3549 *
3550 * @par Example:
3551 * @code
3552 * $wgResourceModules['bar'] = [
3553 * 'scripts' => 'resources/bar/bar.js',
3554 * 'styles' => 'resources/bar/main.css',
3555 * ];
3556 *
3557 * $wgResourceModuleSkinStyles['foo'] = [
3558 * 'bar' => 'skins/Foo/bar.css',
3559 * ];
3560 * @endcode
3561 *
3562 * This is mostly equivalent to:
3563 *
3564 * @par Equivalent:
3565 * @code
3566 * $wgResourceModules['bar'] = [
3567 * 'scripts' => 'resources/bar/bar.js',
3568 * 'styles' => 'resources/bar/main.css',
3569 * 'skinStyles' => [
3570 * 'foo' => skins/Foo/bar.css',
3571 * ],
3572 * ];
3573 * @endcode
3574 *
3575 * If the module already defines its own entry in `skinStyles` for a given skin, then
3576 * $wgResourceModuleSkinStyles is ignored.
3577 *
3578 * If a module defines a `skinStyles['default']` the skin may want to extend that instead
3579 * of replacing them. This can be done using the `+` prefix.
3580 *
3581 * @par Example:
3582 * @code
3583 * $wgResourceModules['bar'] = [
3584 * 'scripts' => 'resources/bar/bar.js',
3585 * 'styles' => 'resources/bar/basic.css',
3586 * 'skinStyles' => [
3587 * 'default' => 'resources/bar/additional.css',
3588 * ],
3589 * ];
3590 * // Note the '+' character:
3591 * $wgResourceModuleSkinStyles['foo'] = [
3592 * '+bar' => 'skins/Foo/bar.css',
3593 * ];
3594 * @endcode
3595 *
3596 * This is mostly equivalent to:
3597 *
3598 * @par Equivalent:
3599 * @code
3600 * $wgResourceModules['bar'] = [
3601 * 'scripts' => 'resources/bar/bar.js',
3602 * 'styles' => 'resources/bar/basic.css',
3603 * 'skinStyles' => [
3604 * 'default' => 'resources/bar/additional.css',
3605 * 'foo' => [
3606 * 'resources/bar/additional.css',
3607 * 'skins/Foo/bar.css',
3608 * ],
3609 * ],
3610 * ];
3611 * @endcode
3612 *
3613 * In other words, as a module author, use the `styles` list for stylesheets that may not be
3614 * disabled by a skin. To provide default styles that may be extended or replaced,
3615 * use `skinStyles['default']`.
3616 *
3617 * As with $wgResourceModules, paths default to being relative to the MediaWiki root.
3618 * You should always provide a localBasePath and remoteBasePath (or remoteExtPath/remoteSkinPath).
3619 *
3620 * @par Example:
3621 * @code
3622 * $wgResourceModuleSkinStyles['foo'] = [
3623 * 'bar' => 'bar.css',
3624 * 'quux' => 'quux.css',
3625 * 'remoteSkinPath' => 'Foo',
3626 * 'localBasePath' => __DIR__,
3627 * ];
3628 * @endcode
3629 */
3630 $wgResourceModuleSkinStyles = [];
3631
3632 /**
3633 * Extensions should register foreign module sources here. 'local' is a
3634 * built-in source that is not in this array, but defined by
3635 * ResourceLoader::__construct() so that it cannot be unset.
3636 *
3637 * @par Example:
3638 * @code
3639 * $wgResourceLoaderSources['foo'] = 'http://example.org/w/load.php';
3640 * @endcode
3641 */
3642 $wgResourceLoaderSources = [];
3643
3644 /**
3645 * The default 'remoteBasePath' value for instances of ResourceLoaderFileModule.
3646 * Defaults to $wgScriptPath.
3647 */
3648 $wgResourceBasePath = null;
3649
3650 /**
3651 * Maximum time in seconds to cache resources served by ResourceLoader.
3652 * Used to set last modified headers (max-age/s-maxage).
3653 *
3654 * Following options to distinguish:
3655 * - versioned: Used for modules with a version, because changing version
3656 * numbers causes cache misses. This normally has a long expiry time.
3657 * - unversioned: Used for modules without a version to propagate changes
3658 * quickly to clients. Also used for modules with errors to recover quickly.
3659 * This normally has a short expiry time.
3660 *
3661 * Expiry time for the options to distinguish:
3662 * - server: Squid/Varnish but also any other public proxy cache between the
3663 * client and MediaWiki.
3664 * - client: On the client side (e.g. in the browser cache).
3665 */
3666 $wgResourceLoaderMaxage = [
3667 'versioned' => [
3668 'server' => 30 * 24 * 60 * 60, // 30 days
3669 'client' => 30 * 24 * 60 * 60, // 30 days
3670 ],
3671 'unversioned' => [
3672 'server' => 5 * 60, // 5 minutes
3673 'client' => 5 * 60, // 5 minutes
3674 ],
3675 ];
3676
3677 /**
3678 * The default debug mode (on/off) for of ResourceLoader requests.
3679 *
3680 * This will still be overridden when the debug URL parameter is used.
3681 */
3682 $wgResourceLoaderDebug = false;
3683
3684 /**
3685 * Whether to ensure the mediawiki.legacy library is loaded before other modules.
3686 *
3687 * @deprecated since 1.26: Always declare dependencies.
3688 */
3689 $wgIncludeLegacyJavaScript = false;
3690
3691 /**
3692 * Whether or not to assign configuration variables to the global window object.
3693 *
3694 * If this is set to false, old code using deprecated variables will no longer
3695 * work.
3696 *
3697 * @par Example of legacy code:
3698 * @code{,js}
3699 * if ( window.wgRestrictionEdit ) { ... }
3700 * @endcode
3701 * or:
3702 * @code{,js}
3703 * if ( wgIsArticle ) { ... }
3704 * @endcode
3705 *
3706 * Instead, one needs to use mw.config.
3707 * @par Example using mw.config global configuration:
3708 * @code{,js}
3709 * if ( mw.config.exists('wgRestrictionEdit') ) { ... }
3710 * @endcode
3711 * or:
3712 * @code{,js}
3713 * if ( mw.config.get('wgIsArticle') ) { ... }
3714 * @endcode
3715 */
3716 $wgLegacyJavaScriptGlobals = true;
3717
3718 /**
3719 * If set to a positive number, ResourceLoader will not generate URLs whose
3720 * query string is more than this many characters long, and will instead use
3721 * multiple requests with shorter query strings. This degrades performance,
3722 * but may be needed if your web server has a low (less than, say 1024)
3723 * query string length limit or a low value for suhosin.get.max_value_length
3724 * that you can't increase.
3725 *
3726 * If set to a negative number, ResourceLoader will assume there is no query
3727 * string length limit.
3728 *
3729 * Defaults to a value based on php configuration.
3730 */
3731 $wgResourceLoaderMaxQueryLength = false;
3732
3733 /**
3734 * If set to true, JavaScript modules loaded from wiki pages will be parsed
3735 * prior to minification to validate it.
3736 *
3737 * Parse errors will result in a JS exception being thrown during module load,
3738 * which avoids breaking other modules loaded in the same request.
3739 */
3740 $wgResourceLoaderValidateJS = true;
3741
3742 /**
3743 * If set to true, statically-sourced (file-backed) JavaScript resources will
3744 * be parsed for validity before being bundled up into ResourceLoader modules.
3745 *
3746 * This can be helpful for development by providing better error messages in
3747 * default (non-debug) mode, but JavaScript parsing is slow and memory hungry
3748 * and may fail on large pre-bundled frameworks.
3749 */
3750 $wgResourceLoaderValidateStaticJS = false;
3751
3752 /**
3753 * Global LESS variables. An associative array binding variable names to
3754 * LESS code snippets representing their values.
3755 *
3756 * Adding an item here is equivalent to writing `@variable: value;`
3757 * at the beginning of all your .less files, with all the consequences.
3758 * In particular, string values must be escaped and quoted.
3759 *
3760 * Changes to this configuration do NOT trigger cache invalidation.
3761 *
3762 * @par Example:
3763 * @code
3764 * $wgResourceLoaderLESSVars = [
3765 * 'exampleFontSize' => '1em',
3766 * 'exampleBlue' => '#36c',
3767 * ];
3768 * @endcode
3769 * @since 1.22
3770 * @deprecated since 1.30 Use ResourceLoaderModule::getLessVars() instead to
3771 * add variables to individual modules that need them.
3772 */
3773 $wgResourceLoaderLESSVars = [
3774 /**
3775 * Minimum available screen width at which a device can be considered a tablet
3776 * The number is currently based on the device width of a Samsung Galaxy S5 mini and is low
3777 * enough to cover iPad (768px). Number is prone to change with new information.
3778 * @since 1.27
3779 * @deprecated 1.31 Use mediawiki.ui/variables instead
3780 */
3781 'deviceWidthTablet' => '720px',
3782 ];
3783
3784 /**
3785 * Whether ResourceLoader should attempt to persist modules in localStorage on
3786 * browsers that support the Web Storage API.
3787 */
3788 $wgResourceLoaderStorageEnabled = true;
3789
3790 /**
3791 * Cache version for client-side ResourceLoader module storage. You can trigger
3792 * invalidation of the contents of the module store by incrementing this value.
3793 *
3794 * @since 1.23
3795 */
3796 $wgResourceLoaderStorageVersion = 1;
3797
3798 /**
3799 * Whether to allow site-wide CSS (MediaWiki:Common.css and friends) on
3800 * restricted pages like Special:UserLogin or Special:Preferences where
3801 * JavaScript is disabled for security reasons. As it is possible to
3802 * execute JavaScript through CSS, setting this to true opens up a
3803 * potential security hole. Some sites may "skin" their wiki by using
3804 * site-wide CSS, causing restricted pages to look unstyled and different
3805 * from the rest of the site.
3806 *
3807 * @since 1.25
3808 */
3809 $wgAllowSiteCSSOnRestrictedPages = false;
3810
3811 /** @} */ # End of ResourceLoader settings }
3812
3813 /*************************************************************************//**
3814 * @name Page title and interwiki link settings
3815 * @{
3816 */
3817
3818 /**
3819 * Name of the project namespace. If left set to false, $wgSitename will be
3820 * used instead.
3821 */
3822 $wgMetaNamespace = false;
3823
3824 /**
3825 * Name of the project talk namespace.
3826 *
3827 * Normally you can ignore this and it will be something like
3828 * $wgMetaNamespace . "_talk". In some languages, you may want to set this
3829 * manually for grammatical reasons.
3830 */
3831 $wgMetaNamespaceTalk = false;
3832
3833 /**
3834 * Additional namespaces. If the namespaces defined in Language.php and
3835 * Namespace.php are insufficient, you can create new ones here, for example,
3836 * to import Help files in other languages. You can also override the namespace
3837 * names of existing namespaces. Extensions should use the CanonicalNamespaces
3838 * hook or extension.json.
3839 *
3840 * @warning Once you delete a namespace, the pages in that namespace will
3841 * no longer be accessible. If you rename it, then you can access them through
3842 * the new namespace name.
3843 *
3844 * Custom namespaces should start at 100 to avoid conflicting with standard
3845 * namespaces, and should always follow the even/odd main/talk pattern.
3846 *
3847 * @par Example:
3848 * @code
3849 * $wgExtraNamespaces = [
3850 * 100 => "Hilfe",
3851 * 101 => "Hilfe_Diskussion",
3852 * 102 => "Aide",
3853 * 103 => "Discussion_Aide"
3854 * ];
3855 * @endcode
3856 *
3857 * @todo Add a note about maintenance/namespaceDupes.php
3858 */
3859 $wgExtraNamespaces = [];
3860
3861 /**
3862 * Same as above, but for namespaces with gender distinction.
3863 * Note: the default form for the namespace should also be set
3864 * using $wgExtraNamespaces for the same index.
3865 * @since 1.18
3866 */
3867 $wgExtraGenderNamespaces = [];
3868
3869 /**
3870 * Namespace aliases.
3871 *
3872 * These are alternate names for the primary localised namespace names, which
3873 * are defined by $wgExtraNamespaces and the language file. If a page is
3874 * requested with such a prefix, the request will be redirected to the primary
3875 * name.
3876 *
3877 * Set this to a map from namespace names to IDs.
3878 *
3879 * @par Example:
3880 * @code
3881 * $wgNamespaceAliases = [
3882 * 'Wikipedian' => NS_USER,
3883 * 'Help' => 100,
3884 * ];
3885 * @endcode
3886 */
3887 $wgNamespaceAliases = [];
3888
3889 /**
3890 * Allowed title characters -- regex character class
3891 * Don't change this unless you know what you're doing
3892 *
3893 * Problematic punctuation:
3894 * - []{}|# Are needed for link syntax, never enable these
3895 * - <> Causes problems with HTML escaping, don't use
3896 * - % Enabled by default, minor problems with path to query rewrite rules, see below
3897 * - + Enabled by default, but doesn't work with path to query rewrite rules,
3898 * corrupted by apache
3899 * - ? Enabled by default, but doesn't work with path to PATH_INFO rewrites
3900 *
3901 * All three of these punctuation problems can be avoided by using an alias,
3902 * instead of a rewrite rule of either variety.
3903 *
3904 * The problem with % is that when using a path to query rewrite rule, URLs are
3905 * double-unescaped: once by Apache's path conversion code, and again by PHP. So
3906 * %253F, for example, becomes "?". Our code does not double-escape to compensate
3907 * for this, indeed double escaping would break if the double-escaped title was
3908 * passed in the query string rather than the path. This is a minor security issue
3909 * because articles can be created such that they are hard to view or edit.
3910 *
3911 * In some rare cases you may wish to remove + for compatibility with old links.
3912 */
3913 $wgLegalTitleChars = " %!\"$&'()*,\\-.\\/0-9:;=?@A-Z\\\\^_`a-z~\\x80-\\xFF+";
3914
3915 /**
3916 * The interwiki prefix of the current wiki, or false if it doesn't have one.
3917 *
3918 * @deprecated since 1.23; use $wgLocalInterwikis instead
3919 */
3920 $wgLocalInterwiki = false;
3921
3922 /**
3923 * Array for multiple $wgLocalInterwiki values, in case there are several
3924 * interwiki prefixes that point to the current wiki. If $wgLocalInterwiki is
3925 * set, its value is prepended to this array, for backwards compatibility.
3926 *
3927 * Note, recent changes feeds use only the first entry in this array (or
3928 * $wgLocalInterwiki, if it is set). See $wgRCFeeds
3929 */
3930 $wgLocalInterwikis = [];
3931
3932 /**
3933 * Expiry time for cache of interwiki table
3934 */
3935 $wgInterwikiExpiry = 10800;
3936
3937 /**
3938 * @name Interwiki caching settings.
3939 * @{
3940 */
3941
3942 /**
3943 * Interwiki cache, either as an associative array or a path to a constant
3944 * database (.cdb) file.
3945 *
3946 * This data structure database is generated by the `dumpInterwiki` maintenance
3947 * script (which lives in the WikimediaMaintenance repository) and has key
3948 * formats such as the following:
3949 *
3950 * - dbname:key - a simple key (e.g. enwiki:meta)
3951 * - _sitename:key - site-scope key (e.g. wiktionary:meta)
3952 * - __global:key - global-scope key (e.g. __global:meta)
3953 * - __sites:dbname - site mapping (e.g. __sites:enwiki)
3954 *
3955 * Sites mapping just specifies site name, other keys provide "local url"
3956 * data layout.
3957 *
3958 * @var bool|array|string
3959 */
3960 $wgInterwikiCache = false;
3961
3962 /**
3963 * Specify number of domains to check for messages.
3964 * - 1: Just wiki(db)-level
3965 * - 2: wiki and global levels
3966 * - 3: site levels
3967 */
3968 $wgInterwikiScopes = 3;
3969
3970 /**
3971 * Fallback site, if unable to resolve from cache
3972 */
3973 $wgInterwikiFallbackSite = 'wiki';
3974
3975 /** @} */ # end of Interwiki caching settings.
3976
3977 /**
3978 * @name SiteStore caching settings.
3979 * @{
3980 */
3981
3982 /**
3983 * Specify the file location for the Sites json cache file.
3984 */
3985 $wgSitesCacheFile = false;
3986
3987 /** @} */ # end of SiteStore caching settings.
3988
3989 /**
3990 * If local interwikis are set up which allow redirects,
3991 * set this regexp to restrict URLs which will be displayed
3992 * as 'redirected from' links.
3993 *
3994 * @par Example:
3995 * It might look something like this:
3996 * @code
3997 * $wgRedirectSources = '!^https?://[a-z-]+\.wikipedia\.org/!';
3998 * @endcode
3999 *
4000 * Leave at false to avoid displaying any incoming redirect markers.
4001 * This does not affect intra-wiki redirects, which don't change
4002 * the URL.
4003 */
4004 $wgRedirectSources = false;
4005
4006 /**
4007 * Set this to false to avoid forcing the first letter of links to capitals.
4008 *
4009 * @warning may break links! This makes links COMPLETELY case-sensitive. Links
4010 * appearing with a capital at the beginning of a sentence will *not* go to the
4011 * same place as links in the middle of a sentence using a lowercase initial.
4012 */
4013 $wgCapitalLinks = true;
4014
4015 /**
4016 * @since 1.16 - This can now be set per-namespace. Some special namespaces (such
4017 * as Special, see MWNamespace::$alwaysCapitalizedNamespaces for the full list) must be
4018 * true by default (and setting them has no effect), due to various things that
4019 * require them to be so. Also, since Talk namespaces need to directly mirror their
4020 * associated content namespaces, the values for those are ignored in favor of the
4021 * subject namespace's setting. Setting for NS_MEDIA is taken automatically from
4022 * NS_FILE.
4023 *
4024 * @par Example:
4025 * @code
4026 * $wgCapitalLinkOverrides[ NS_FILE ] = false;
4027 * @endcode
4028 */
4029 $wgCapitalLinkOverrides = [];
4030
4031 /**
4032 * Which namespaces should support subpages?
4033 * See Language.php for a list of namespaces.
4034 */
4035 $wgNamespacesWithSubpages = [
4036 NS_TALK => true,
4037 NS_USER => true,
4038 NS_USER_TALK => true,
4039 NS_PROJECT => true,
4040 NS_PROJECT_TALK => true,
4041 NS_FILE_TALK => true,
4042 NS_MEDIAWIKI => true,
4043 NS_MEDIAWIKI_TALK => true,
4044 NS_TEMPLATE => true,
4045 NS_TEMPLATE_TALK => true,
4046 NS_HELP => true,
4047 NS_HELP_TALK => true,
4048 NS_CATEGORY_TALK => true
4049 ];
4050
4051 /**
4052 * Array holding default tracking category names.
4053 *
4054 * Array contains the system messages for each tracking category.
4055 * Tracking categories allow pages with certain characteristics to be tracked.
4056 * It works by adding any such page to a category automatically.
4057 *
4058 * A message with the suffix '-desc' should be added as a description message
4059 * to have extra information on Special:TrackingCategories.
4060 *
4061 * @deprecated since 1.25 Extensions should now register tracking categories using
4062 * the new extension registration system.
4063 *
4064 * @since 1.23
4065 */
4066 $wgTrackingCategories = [];
4067
4068 /**
4069 * Array of namespaces which can be deemed to contain valid "content", as far
4070 * as the site statistics are concerned. Useful if additional namespaces also
4071 * contain "content" which should be considered when generating a count of the
4072 * number of articles in the wiki.
4073 */
4074 $wgContentNamespaces = [ NS_MAIN ];
4075
4076 /**
4077 * Optional array of namespaces which should be blacklisted from Special:ShortPages
4078 * Only pages inside $wgContentNamespaces but not $wgShortPagesNamespaceBlacklist will
4079 * be shown on that page.
4080 * @since 1.30
4081 */
4082 $wgShortPagesNamespaceBlacklist = [];
4083
4084 /**
4085 * Array of namespaces, in addition to the talk namespaces, where signatures
4086 * (~~~~) are likely to be used. This determines whether to display the
4087 * Signature button on the edit toolbar, and may also be used by extensions.
4088 * For example, "traditional" style wikis, where content and discussion are
4089 * intermixed, could place NS_MAIN and NS_PROJECT namespaces in this array.
4090 */
4091 $wgExtraSignatureNamespaces = [];
4092
4093 /**
4094 * Max number of redirects to follow when resolving redirects.
4095 * 1 means only the first redirect is followed (default behavior).
4096 * 0 or less means no redirects are followed.
4097 */
4098 $wgMaxRedirects = 1;
4099
4100 /**
4101 * Array of invalid page redirect targets.
4102 * Attempting to create a redirect to any of the pages in this array
4103 * will make the redirect fail.
4104 * Userlogout is hard-coded, so it does not need to be listed here.
4105 * (T12569) Disallow Mypage and Mytalk as well.
4106 *
4107 * As of now, this only checks special pages. Redirects to pages in
4108 * other namespaces cannot be invalidated by this variable.
4109 */
4110 $wgInvalidRedirectTargets = [ 'Filepath', 'Mypage', 'Mytalk', 'Redirect' ];
4111
4112 /** @} */ # End of title and interwiki settings }
4113
4114 /************************************************************************//**
4115 * @name Parser settings
4116 * These settings configure the transformation from wikitext to HTML.
4117 * @{
4118 */
4119
4120 /**
4121 * Parser configuration. Associative array with the following members:
4122 *
4123 * class The class name
4124 *
4125 * preprocessorClass The preprocessor class. Two classes are currently available:
4126 * Preprocessor_Hash, which uses plain PHP arrays for temporary
4127 * storage, and Preprocessor_DOM, which uses the DOM module for
4128 * temporary storage. Preprocessor_DOM generally uses less memory;
4129 * the speed of the two is roughly the same.
4130 *
4131 * If this parameter is not given, it uses Preprocessor_DOM if the
4132 * DOM module is available, otherwise it uses Preprocessor_Hash.
4133 *
4134 * The entire associative array will be passed through to the constructor as
4135 * the first parameter. Note that only Setup.php can use this variable --
4136 * the configuration will change at runtime via $wgParser member functions, so
4137 * the contents of this variable will be out-of-date. The variable can only be
4138 * changed during LocalSettings.php, in particular, it can't be changed during
4139 * an extension setup function.
4140 */
4141 $wgParserConf = [
4142 'class' => Parser::class,
4143 # 'preprocessorClass' => Preprocessor_Hash::class,
4144 ];
4145
4146 /**
4147 * Maximum indent level of toc.
4148 */
4149 $wgMaxTocLevel = 999;
4150
4151 /**
4152 * A complexity limit on template expansion: the maximum number of nodes visited
4153 * by PPFrame::expand()
4154 */
4155 $wgMaxPPNodeCount = 1000000;
4156
4157 /**
4158 * A complexity limit on template expansion: the maximum number of elements
4159 * generated by Preprocessor::preprocessToObj(). This allows you to limit the
4160 * amount of memory used by the Preprocessor_DOM node cache: testing indicates
4161 * that each element uses about 160 bytes of memory on a 64-bit processor, so
4162 * this default corresponds to about 155 MB.
4163 *
4164 * When the limit is exceeded, an exception is thrown.
4165 */
4166 $wgMaxGeneratedPPNodeCount = 1000000;
4167
4168 /**
4169 * Maximum recursion depth for templates within templates.
4170 * The current parser adds two levels to the PHP call stack for each template,
4171 * and xdebug limits the call stack to 100 by default. So this should hopefully
4172 * stop the parser before it hits the xdebug limit.
4173 */
4174 $wgMaxTemplateDepth = 40;
4175
4176 /**
4177 * @see $wgMaxTemplateDepth
4178 */
4179 $wgMaxPPExpandDepth = 40;
4180
4181 /**
4182 * URL schemes that should be recognized as valid by wfParseUrl().
4183 *
4184 * WARNING: Do not add 'file:' to this or internal file links will be broken.
4185 * Instead, if you want to support file links, add 'file://'. The same applies
4186 * to any other protocols with the same name as a namespace. See task T46011 for
4187 * more information.
4188 *
4189 * @see wfParseUrl
4190 */
4191 $wgUrlProtocols = [
4192 'bitcoin:', 'ftp://', 'ftps://', 'geo:', 'git://', 'gopher://', 'http://',
4193 'https://', 'irc://', 'ircs://', 'magnet:', 'mailto:', 'mms://', 'news:',
4194 'nntp://', 'redis://', 'sftp://', 'sip:', 'sips:', 'sms:', 'ssh://',
4195 'svn://', 'tel:', 'telnet://', 'urn:', 'worldwind://', 'xmpp:', '//'
4196 ];
4197
4198 /**
4199 * If true, removes (by substituting) templates in signatures.
4200 */
4201 $wgCleanSignatures = true;
4202
4203 /**
4204 * Whether to allow inline image pointing to other websites
4205 */
4206 $wgAllowExternalImages = false;
4207
4208 /**
4209 * If the above is false, you can specify an exception here. Image URLs
4210 * that start with this string are then rendered, while all others are not.
4211 * You can use this to set up a trusted, simple repository of images.
4212 * You may also specify an array of strings to allow multiple sites
4213 *
4214 * @par Examples:
4215 * @code
4216 * $wgAllowExternalImagesFrom = 'http://127.0.0.1/';
4217 * $wgAllowExternalImagesFrom = [ 'http://127.0.0.1/', 'http://example.com' ];
4218 * @endcode
4219 */
4220 $wgAllowExternalImagesFrom = '';
4221
4222 /**
4223 * If $wgAllowExternalImages is false, you can allow an on-wiki
4224 * whitelist of regular expression fragments to match the image URL
4225 * against. If the image matches one of the regular expression fragments,
4226 * The image will be displayed.
4227 *
4228 * Set this to true to enable the on-wiki whitelist (MediaWiki:External image whitelist)
4229 * Or false to disable it
4230 */
4231 $wgEnableImageWhitelist = true;
4232
4233 /**
4234 * A different approach to the above: simply allow the "<img>" tag to be used.
4235 * This allows you to specify alt text and other attributes, copy-paste HTML to
4236 * your wiki more easily, etc. However, allowing external images in any manner
4237 * will allow anyone with editing rights to snoop on your visitors' IP
4238 * addresses and so forth, if they wanted to, by inserting links to images on
4239 * sites they control.
4240 */
4241 $wgAllowImageTag = false;
4242
4243 /**
4244 * Configuration for HTML postprocessing tool. Set this to a configuration
4245 * array to enable an external tool. By default, we now use the RemexHtml
4246 * library; historically, Dave Raggett's "HTML Tidy" was typically used.
4247 * See https://www.w3.org/People/Raggett/tidy/
4248 *
4249 * If this is null and $wgUseTidy is true, the deprecated configuration
4250 * parameters will be used instead.
4251 *
4252 * If this is null and $wgUseTidy is false, a pure PHP fallback will be used.
4253 *
4254 * Keys are:
4255 * - driver: May be:
4256 * - RaggettInternalHHVM: Use the limited-functionality HHVM extension
4257 * - RaggettInternalPHP: Use the PECL extension
4258 * - RaggettExternal: Shell out to an external binary (tidyBin)
4259 * - RemexHtml: Use the RemexHtml library in PHP
4260 *
4261 * - tidyConfigFile: Path to configuration file for any of the Raggett drivers
4262 * - debugComment: True to add a comment to the output with warning messages
4263 * - tidyBin: For RaggettExternal, the path to the tidy binary.
4264 * - tidyCommandLine: For RaggettExternal, additional command line options.
4265 */
4266 $wgTidyConfig = [ 'driver' => 'RemexHtml' ];
4267
4268 /**
4269 * Set this to true to use the deprecated tidy configuration parameters.
4270 * @deprecated use $wgTidyConfig
4271 */
4272 $wgUseTidy = false;
4273
4274 /**
4275 * The path to the tidy binary.
4276 * @deprecated Use $wgTidyConfig['tidyBin']
4277 */
4278 $wgTidyBin = 'tidy';
4279
4280 /**
4281 * The path to the tidy config file
4282 * @deprecated Use $wgTidyConfig['tidyConfigFile']
4283 */
4284 $wgTidyConf = $IP . '/includes/tidy/tidy.conf';
4285
4286 /**
4287 * The command line options to the tidy binary
4288 * @deprecated Use $wgTidyConfig['tidyCommandLine']
4289 */
4290 $wgTidyOpts = '';
4291
4292 /**
4293 * Set this to true to use the tidy extension
4294 * @deprecated Use $wgTidyConfig['driver']
4295 */
4296 $wgTidyInternal = extension_loaded( 'tidy' );
4297
4298 /**
4299 * Put tidy warnings in HTML comments
4300 * Only works for internal tidy.
4301 */
4302 $wgDebugTidy = false;
4303
4304 /**
4305 * Allow raw, unchecked HTML in "<html>...</html>" sections.
4306 * THIS IS VERY DANGEROUS on a publicly editable site, so USE wgGroupPermissions
4307 * TO RESTRICT EDITING to only those that you trust
4308 */
4309 $wgRawHtml = false;
4310
4311 /**
4312 * Set a default target for external links, e.g. _blank to pop up a new window.
4313 *
4314 * This will also set the "noreferrer" and "noopener" link rel to prevent the
4315 * attack described at https://mathiasbynens.github.io/rel-noopener/ .
4316 * Some older browsers may not support these link attributes, hence
4317 * setting $wgExternalLinkTarget to _blank may represent a security risk
4318 * to some of your users.
4319 */
4320 $wgExternalLinkTarget = false;
4321
4322 /**
4323 * If true, external URL links in wiki text will be given the
4324 * rel="nofollow" attribute as a hint to search engines that
4325 * they should not be followed for ranking purposes as they
4326 * are user-supplied and thus subject to spamming.
4327 */
4328 $wgNoFollowLinks = true;
4329
4330 /**
4331 * Namespaces in which $wgNoFollowLinks doesn't apply.
4332 * See Language.php for a list of namespaces.
4333 */
4334 $wgNoFollowNsExceptions = [];
4335
4336 /**
4337 * If this is set to an array of domains, external links to these domain names
4338 * (or any subdomains) will not be set to rel="nofollow" regardless of the
4339 * value of $wgNoFollowLinks. For instance:
4340 *
4341 * $wgNoFollowDomainExceptions = [ 'en.wikipedia.org', 'wiktionary.org', 'mediawiki.org' ];
4342 *
4343 * This would add rel="nofollow" to links to de.wikipedia.org, but not
4344 * en.wikipedia.org, wiktionary.org, en.wiktionary.org, us.en.wikipedia.org,
4345 * etc.
4346 *
4347 * Defaults to mediawiki.org for the links included in the software by default.
4348 */
4349 $wgNoFollowDomainExceptions = [ 'mediawiki.org' ];
4350
4351 /**
4352 * Allow DISPLAYTITLE to change title display
4353 */
4354 $wgAllowDisplayTitle = true;
4355
4356 /**
4357 * For consistency, restrict DISPLAYTITLE to text that normalizes to the same
4358 * canonical DB key. Also disallow some inline CSS rules like display: none;
4359 * which can cause the text to be hidden or unselectable.
4360 */
4361 $wgRestrictDisplayTitle = true;
4362
4363 /**
4364 * Maximum number of calls per parse to expensive parser functions such as
4365 * PAGESINCATEGORY.
4366 */
4367 $wgExpensiveParserFunctionLimit = 100;
4368
4369 /**
4370 * Preprocessor caching threshold
4371 * Setting it to 'false' will disable the preprocessor cache.
4372 */
4373 $wgPreprocessorCacheThreshold = 1000;
4374
4375 /**
4376 * Enable interwiki transcluding. Only when iw_trans=1 in the interwiki table.
4377 */
4378 $wgEnableScaryTranscluding = false;
4379
4380 /**
4381 * Expiry time for transcluded templates cached in transcache database table.
4382 * Only used $wgEnableInterwikiTranscluding is set to true.
4383 */
4384 $wgTranscludeCacheExpiry = 3600;
4385
4386 /**
4387 * Enable the magic links feature of automatically turning ISBN xxx,
4388 * PMID xxx, RFC xxx into links
4389 *
4390 * @since 1.28
4391 */
4392 $wgEnableMagicLinks = [
4393 'ISBN' => false,
4394 'PMID' => false,
4395 'RFC' => false
4396 ];
4397
4398 /** @} */ # end of parser settings }
4399
4400 /************************************************************************//**
4401 * @name Statistics
4402 * @{
4403 */
4404
4405 /**
4406 * Method used to determine if a page in a content namespace should be counted
4407 * as a valid article.
4408 *
4409 * Redirect pages will never be counted as valid articles.
4410 *
4411 * This variable can have the following values:
4412 * - 'any': all pages as considered as valid articles
4413 * - 'link': the page must contain a [[wiki link]] to be considered valid
4414 *
4415 * See also See https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:Article_count
4416 *
4417 * Retroactively changing this variable will not affect the existing count,
4418 * to update it, you will need to run the maintenance/updateArticleCount.php
4419 * script.
4420 */
4421 $wgArticleCountMethod = 'link';
4422
4423 /**
4424 * How many days user must be idle before he is considered inactive. Will affect
4425 * the number shown on Special:Statistics, Special:ActiveUsers, and the
4426 * {{NUMBEROFACTIVEUSERS}} magic word in wikitext.
4427 * You might want to leave this as the default value, to provide comparable
4428 * numbers between different wikis.
4429 */
4430 $wgActiveUserDays = 30;
4431
4432 /** @} */ # End of statistics }
4433
4434 /************************************************************************//**
4435 * @name User accounts, authentication
4436 * @{
4437 */
4438
4439 /**
4440 * Central ID lookup providers
4441 * Key is the provider ID, value is a specification for ObjectFactory
4442 * @since 1.27
4443 */
4444 $wgCentralIdLookupProviders = [
4445 'local' => [ 'class' => LocalIdLookup::class ],
4446 ];
4447
4448 /**
4449 * Central ID lookup provider to use by default
4450 * @var string
4451 */
4452 $wgCentralIdLookupProvider = 'local';
4453
4454 /**
4455 * Password policy for local wiki users. A user's effective policy
4456 * is the superset of all policy statements from the policies for the
4457 * groups where the user is a member. If more than one group policy
4458 * include the same policy statement, the value is the max() of the
4459 * values. Note true > false. The 'default' policy group is required,
4460 * and serves as the minimum policy for all users. New statements can
4461 * be added by appending to $wgPasswordPolicy['checks'].
4462 * Statements:
4463 * - MinimalPasswordLength - minimum length a user can set
4464 * - MinimumPasswordLengthToLogin - passwords shorter than this will
4465 * not be allowed to login, regardless if it is correct.
4466 * - MaximalPasswordLength - maximum length password a user is allowed
4467 * to attempt. Prevents DoS attacks with pbkdf2.
4468 * - PasswordCannotMatchUsername - Password cannot match username to
4469 * - PasswordCannotMatchBlacklist - Username/password combination cannot
4470 * match a specific, hardcoded blacklist.
4471 * - PasswordCannotBePopular - Blacklist passwords which are known to be
4472 * commonly chosen. Set to integer n to ban the top n passwords.
4473 * If you want to ban all common passwords on file, use the
4474 * PHP_INT_MAX constant.
4475 * @since 1.26
4476 */
4477 $wgPasswordPolicy = [
4478 'policies' => [
4479 'bureaucrat' => [
4480 'MinimalPasswordLength' => 8,
4481 'MinimumPasswordLengthToLogin' => 1,
4482 'PasswordCannotMatchUsername' => true,
4483 'PasswordCannotBePopular' => 25,
4484 ],
4485 'sysop' => [
4486 'MinimalPasswordLength' => 8,
4487 'MinimumPasswordLengthToLogin' => 1,
4488 'PasswordCannotMatchUsername' => true,
4489 'PasswordCannotBePopular' => 25,
4490 ],
4491 'bot' => [
4492 'MinimalPasswordLength' => 8,
4493 'MinimumPasswordLengthToLogin' => 1,
4494 'PasswordCannotMatchUsername' => true,
4495 ],
4496 'default' => [
4497 'MinimalPasswordLength' => 1,
4498 'PasswordCannotMatchUsername' => true,
4499 'PasswordCannotMatchBlacklist' => true,
4500 'MaximalPasswordLength' => 4096,
4501 ],
4502 ],
4503 'checks' => [
4504 'MinimalPasswordLength' => 'PasswordPolicyChecks::checkMinimalPasswordLength',
4505 'MinimumPasswordLengthToLogin' => 'PasswordPolicyChecks::checkMinimumPasswordLengthToLogin',
4506 'PasswordCannotMatchUsername' => 'PasswordPolicyChecks::checkPasswordCannotMatchUsername',
4507 'PasswordCannotMatchBlacklist' => 'PasswordPolicyChecks::checkPasswordCannotMatchBlacklist',
4508 'MaximalPasswordLength' => 'PasswordPolicyChecks::checkMaximalPasswordLength',
4509 'PasswordCannotBePopular' => 'PasswordPolicyChecks::checkPopularPasswordBlacklist'
4510 ],
4511 ];
4512
4513 /**
4514 * Configure AuthManager
4515 *
4516 * All providers are constructed using ObjectFactory, see that for the general
4517 * structure. The array may also contain a key "sort" used to order providers:
4518 * providers are stably sorted by this value, which should be an integer
4519 * (default is 0).
4520 *
4521 * Elements are:
4522 * - preauth: Array (keys ignored) of specifications for PreAuthenticationProviders
4523 * - primaryauth: Array (keys ignored) of specifications for PrimaryAuthenticationProviders
4524 * - secondaryauth: Array (keys ignored) of specifications for SecondaryAuthenticationProviders
4525 *
4526 * @since 1.27
4527 * @note If this is null or empty, the value from $wgAuthManagerAutoConfig is
4528 * used instead. Local customization should generally set this variable from
4529 * scratch to the desired configuration. Extensions that want to
4530 * auto-configure themselves should use $wgAuthManagerAutoConfig instead.
4531 */
4532 $wgAuthManagerConfig = null;
4533
4534 /**
4535 * @see $wgAuthManagerConfig
4536 * @since 1.27
4537 */
4538 $wgAuthManagerAutoConfig = [
4539 'preauth' => [
4540 MediaWiki\Auth\LegacyHookPreAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4541 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\LegacyHookPreAuthenticationProvider::class,
4542 'sort' => 0,
4543 ],
4544 MediaWiki\Auth\ThrottlePreAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4545 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\ThrottlePreAuthenticationProvider::class,
4546 'sort' => 0,
4547 ],
4548 ],
4549 'primaryauth' => [
4550 // TemporaryPasswordPrimaryAuthenticationProvider should come before
4551 // any other PasswordAuthenticationRequest-based
4552 // PrimaryAuthenticationProvider (or at least any that might return
4553 // FAIL rather than ABSTAIN for a wrong password), or password reset
4554 // won't work right. Do not remove this (or change the key) or
4555 // auto-configuration of other such providers in extensions will
4556 // probably auto-insert themselves in the wrong place.
4557 MediaWiki\Auth\TemporaryPasswordPrimaryAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4558 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\TemporaryPasswordPrimaryAuthenticationProvider::class,
4559 'args' => [ [
4560 // Fall through to LocalPasswordPrimaryAuthenticationProvider
4561 'authoritative' => false,
4562 ] ],
4563 'sort' => 0,
4564 ],
4565 MediaWiki\Auth\LocalPasswordPrimaryAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4566 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\LocalPasswordPrimaryAuthenticationProvider::class,
4567 'args' => [ [
4568 // Last one should be authoritative, or else the user will get
4569 // a less-than-helpful error message (something like "supplied
4570 // authentication info not supported" rather than "wrong
4571 // password") if it too fails.
4572 'authoritative' => true,
4573 ] ],
4574 'sort' => 100,
4575 ],
4576 ],
4577 'secondaryauth' => [
4578 MediaWiki\Auth\CheckBlocksSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4579 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\CheckBlocksSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class,
4580 'sort' => 0,
4581 ],
4582 MediaWiki\Auth\ResetPasswordSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4583 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\ResetPasswordSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class,
4584 'sort' => 100,
4585 ],
4586 // Linking during login is experimental, enable at your own risk - T134952
4587 // MediaWiki\Auth\ConfirmLinkSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4588 // 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\ConfirmLinkSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class,
4589 // 'sort' => 100,
4590 // ],
4591 MediaWiki\Auth\EmailNotificationSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4592 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\EmailNotificationSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class,
4593 'sort' => 200,
4594 ],
4595 ],
4596 ];
4597
4598 /**
4599 * Time frame for re-authentication.
4600 *
4601 * With only password-based authentication, you'd just ask the user to re-enter
4602 * their password to verify certain operations like changing the password or
4603 * changing the account's email address. But under AuthManager, the user might
4604 * not have a password (you might even have to redirect the browser to a
4605 * third-party service or something complex like that), you might want to have
4606 * both factors of a two-factor authentication, and so on. So, the options are:
4607 * - Incorporate the whole multi-step authentication flow within everything
4608 * that needs to do this.
4609 * - Consider it good if they used Special:UserLogin during this session within
4610 * the last X seconds.
4611 * - Come up with a third option.
4612 *
4613 * MediaWiki currently takes the second option. This setting configures the
4614 * "X seconds".
4615 *
4616 * This allows for configuring different time frames for different
4617 * "operations". The operations used in MediaWiki core include:
4618 * - LinkAccounts
4619 * - UnlinkAccount
4620 * - ChangeCredentials
4621 * - RemoveCredentials
4622 * - ChangeEmail
4623 *
4624 * Additional operations may be used by extensions, either explicitly by
4625 * calling AuthManager::securitySensitiveOperationStatus(),
4626 * ApiAuthManagerHelper::securitySensitiveOperation() or
4627 * SpecialPage::checkLoginSecurityLevel(), or implicitly by overriding
4628 * SpecialPage::getLoginSecurityLevel() or by subclassing
4629 * AuthManagerSpecialPage.
4630 *
4631 * The key 'default' is used if a requested operation isn't defined in the array.
4632 *
4633 * @since 1.27
4634 * @var int[] operation => time in seconds. A 'default' key must always be provided.
4635 */
4636 $wgReauthenticateTime = [
4637 'default' => 300,
4638 ];
4639
4640 /**
4641 * Whether to allow security-sensitive operations when re-authentication is not possible.
4642 *
4643 * If AuthManager::canAuthenticateNow() is false (e.g. the current
4644 * SessionProvider is not able to change users, such as when OAuth is in use),
4645 * AuthManager::securitySensitiveOperationStatus() cannot sensibly return
4646 * SEC_REAUTH. Setting an operation true here will have it return SEC_OK in
4647 * that case, while setting it false will have it return SEC_FAIL.
4648 *
4649 * The key 'default' is used if a requested operation isn't defined in the array.
4650 *
4651 * @since 1.27
4652 * @see $wgReauthenticateTime
4653 * @var bool[] operation => boolean. A 'default' key must always be provided.
4654 */
4655 $wgAllowSecuritySensitiveOperationIfCannotReauthenticate = [
4656 'default' => true,
4657 ];
4658
4659 /**
4660 * List of AuthenticationRequest class names which are not changeable through
4661 * Special:ChangeCredentials and the changeauthenticationdata API.
4662 * This is only enforced on the client level; AuthManager itself (e.g.
4663 * AuthManager::allowsAuthenticationDataChange calls) is not affected.
4664 * Class names are checked for exact match (not for subclasses).
4665 * @since 1.27
4666 * @var string[]
4667 */
4668 $wgChangeCredentialsBlacklist = [
4669 \MediaWiki\Auth\TemporaryPasswordAuthenticationRequest::class
4670 ];
4671
4672 /**
4673 * List of AuthenticationRequest class names which are not removable through
4674 * Special:RemoveCredentials and the removeauthenticationdata API.
4675 * This is only enforced on the client level; AuthManager itself (e.g.
4676 * AuthManager::allowsAuthenticationDataChange calls) is not affected.
4677 * Class names are checked for exact match (not for subclasses).
4678 * @since 1.27
4679 * @var string[]
4680 */
4681 $wgRemoveCredentialsBlacklist = [
4682 \MediaWiki\Auth\PasswordAuthenticationRequest::class,
4683 ];
4684
4685 /**
4686 * For compatibility with old installations set to false
4687 * @deprecated since 1.24 will be removed in future
4688 */
4689 $wgPasswordSalt = true;
4690
4691 /**
4692 * Specifies the minimal length of a user password. If set to 0, empty pass-
4693 * words are allowed.
4694 * @deprecated since 1.26, use $wgPasswordPolicy's MinimalPasswordLength.
4695 */
4696 $wgMinimalPasswordLength = false;
4697
4698 /**
4699 * Specifies the maximal length of a user password (T64685).
4700 *
4701 * It is not recommended to make this greater than the default, as it can
4702 * allow DoS attacks by users setting really long passwords. In addition,
4703 * this should not be lowered too much, as it enforces weak passwords.
4704 *
4705 * @warning Unlike other password settings, user with passwords greater than
4706 * the maximum will not be able to log in.
4707 * @deprecated since 1.26, use $wgPasswordPolicy's MaximalPasswordLength.
4708 */
4709 $wgMaximalPasswordLength = false;
4710
4711 /**
4712 * Specifies if users should be sent to a password-reset form on login, if their
4713 * password doesn't meet the requirements of User::isValidPassword().
4714 * @since 1.23
4715 */
4716 $wgInvalidPasswordReset = true;
4717
4718 /**
4719 * Default password type to use when hashing user passwords
4720 *
4721 * @since 1.24
4722 */
4723 $wgPasswordDefault = 'pbkdf2';
4724
4725 /**
4726 * Configuration for built-in password types. Maps the password type
4727 * to an array of options. The 'class' option is the Password class to
4728 * use. All other options are class-dependent.
4729 *
4730 * An advanced example:
4731 * @code
4732 * $wgPasswordConfig['bcrypt-peppered'] = [
4733 * 'class' => EncryptedPassword::class,
4734 * 'underlying' => 'bcrypt',
4735 * 'secrets' => [
4736 * hash( 'sha256', 'secret', true ),
4737 * ],
4738 * 'cipher' => 'aes-256-cbc',
4739 * ];
4740 * @endcode
4741 *
4742 * @since 1.24
4743 */
4744 $wgPasswordConfig = [
4745 'A' => [
4746 'class' => MWOldPassword::class,
4747 ],
4748 'B' => [
4749 'class' => MWSaltedPassword::class,
4750 ],
4751 'pbkdf2-legacyA' => [
4752 'class' => LayeredParameterizedPassword::class,
4753 'types' => [
4754 'A',
4755 'pbkdf2',
4756 ],
4757 ],
4758 'pbkdf2-legacyB' => [
4759 'class' => LayeredParameterizedPassword::class,
4760 'types' => [
4761 'B',
4762 'pbkdf2',
4763 ],
4764 ],
4765 'bcrypt' => [
4766 'class' => BcryptPassword::class,
4767 'cost' => 9,
4768 ],
4769 'pbkdf2' => [
4770 'class' => Pbkdf2Password::class,
4771 'algo' => 'sha512',
4772 'cost' => '30000',
4773 'length' => '64',
4774 ],
4775 ];
4776
4777 /**
4778 * Whether to allow password resets ("enter some identifying data, and we'll send an email
4779 * with a temporary password you can use to get back into the account") identified by
4780 * various bits of data. Setting all of these to false (or the whole variable to false)
4781 * has the effect of disabling password resets entirely
4782 */
4783 $wgPasswordResetRoutes = [
4784 'username' => true,
4785 'email' => true,
4786 ];
4787
4788 /**
4789 * Maximum number of Unicode characters in signature
4790 */
4791 $wgMaxSigChars = 255;
4792
4793 /**
4794 * Maximum number of bytes in username. You want to run the maintenance
4795 * script ./maintenance/checkUsernames.php once you have changed this value.
4796 */
4797 $wgMaxNameChars = 255;
4798
4799 /**
4800 * Array of usernames which may not be registered or logged in from
4801 * Maintenance scripts can still use these
4802 */
4803 $wgReservedUsernames = [
4804 'MediaWiki default', // Default 'Main Page' and MediaWiki: message pages
4805 'Conversion script', // Used for the old Wikipedia software upgrade
4806 'Maintenance script', // Maintenance scripts which perform editing, image import script
4807 'Template namespace initialisation script', // Used in 1.2->1.3 upgrade
4808 'ScriptImporter', // Default user name used by maintenance/importSiteScripts.php
4809 'Unknown user', // Used in WikiImporter when importing revisions with no author
4810 'msg:double-redirect-fixer', // Automatic double redirect fix
4811 'msg:usermessage-editor', // Default user for leaving user messages
4812 'msg:proxyblocker', // For $wgProxyList and Special:Blockme (removed in 1.22)
4813 'msg:sorbs', // For $wgEnableDnsBlacklist etc.
4814 'msg:spambot_username', // Used by cleanupSpam.php
4815 'msg:autochange-username', // Used by anon category RC entries (parser functions, Lua & purges)
4816 ];
4817
4818 /**
4819 * Settings added to this array will override the default globals for the user
4820 * preferences used by anonymous visitors and newly created accounts.
4821 * For instance, to disable editing on double clicks:
4822 * $wgDefaultUserOptions ['editondblclick'] = 0;
4823 */
4824 $wgDefaultUserOptions = [
4825 'ccmeonemails' => 0,
4826 'cols' => 80, // @deprecated since 1.29 No longer used in core
4827 'date' => 'default',
4828 'diffonly' => 0,
4829 'disablemail' => 0,
4830 'editfont' => 'monospace',
4831 'editondblclick' => 0,
4832 'editsectiononrightclick' => 0,
4833 'email-allow-new-users' => 1,
4834 'enotifminoredits' => 0,
4835 'enotifrevealaddr' => 0,
4836 'enotifusertalkpages' => 1,
4837 'enotifwatchlistpages' => 1,
4838 'extendwatchlist' => 1,
4839 'fancysig' => 0,
4840 'forceeditsummary' => 0,
4841 'gender' => 'unknown',
4842 'hideminor' => 0,
4843 'hidepatrolled' => 0,
4844 'hidecategorization' => 1,
4845 'imagesize' => 2,
4846 'minordefault' => 0,
4847 'newpageshidepatrolled' => 0,
4848 'nickname' => '',
4849 'norollbackdiff' => 0,
4850 'numberheadings' => 0,
4851 'previewonfirst' => 0,
4852 'previewontop' => 1,
4853 'rcdays' => 7,
4854 'rcenhancedfilters' => 0,
4855 'rcenhancedfilters-disable' => 0,
4856 'rclimit' => 50,
4857 'rows' => 25, // @deprecated since 1.29 No longer used in core
4858 'showhiddencats' => 0,
4859 'shownumberswatching' => 1,
4860 'showtoolbar' => 1,
4861 'skin' => false,
4862 'stubthreshold' => 0,
4863 'thumbsize' => 5,
4864 'underline' => 2,
4865 'uselivepreview' => 0,
4866 'usenewrc' => 1,
4867 'watchcreations' => 1,
4868 'watchdefault' => 1,
4869 'watchdeletion' => 0,
4870 'watchuploads' => 1,
4871 'watchlistdays' => 3.0,
4872 'watchlisthideanons' => 0,
4873 'watchlisthidebots' => 0,
4874 'watchlisthideliu' => 0,
4875 'watchlisthideminor' => 0,
4876 'watchlisthideown' => 0,
4877 'watchlisthidepatrolled' => 0,
4878 'watchlisthidecategorization' => 1,
4879 'watchlistreloadautomatically' => 0,
4880 'watchlistunwatchlinks' => 0,
4881 'watchmoves' => 0,
4882 'watchrollback' => 0,
4883 'wlenhancedfilters-disable' => 0,
4884 'wllimit' => 250,
4885 'useeditwarning' => 1,
4886 'prefershttps' => 1,
4887 ];
4888
4889 /**
4890 * An array of preferences to not show for the user
4891 */
4892 $wgHiddenPrefs = [];
4893
4894 /**
4895 * Characters to prevent during new account creations.
4896 * This is used in a regular expression character class during
4897 * registration (regex metacharacters like / are escaped).
4898 */
4899 $wgInvalidUsernameCharacters = '@:';
4900
4901 /**
4902 * Character used as a delimiter when testing for interwiki userrights
4903 * (In Special:UserRights, it is possible to modify users on different
4904 * databases if the delimiter is used, e.g. "Someuser@enwiki").
4905 *
4906 * It is recommended that you have this delimiter in
4907 * $wgInvalidUsernameCharacters above, or you will not be able to
4908 * modify the user rights of those users via Special:UserRights
4909 */
4910 $wgUserrightsInterwikiDelimiter = '@';
4911
4912 /**
4913 * This is to let user authenticate using https when they come from http.
4914 * Based on an idea by George Herbert on wikitech-l:
4915 * https://lists.wikimedia.org/pipermail/wikitech-l/2010-October/050039.html
4916 * @since 1.17
4917 */
4918 $wgSecureLogin = false;
4919
4920 /**
4921 * Versioning for authentication tokens.
4922 *
4923 * If non-null, this is combined with the user's secret (the user_token field
4924 * in the DB) to generate the token cookie. Changing this will invalidate all
4925 * active sessions (i.e. it will log everyone out).
4926 *
4927 * @since 1.27
4928 * @var string|null
4929 */
4930 $wgAuthenticationTokenVersion = null;
4931
4932 /**
4933 * MediaWiki\Session\SessionProvider configuration.
4934 *
4935 * Value is an array of ObjectFactory specifications for the SessionProviders
4936 * to be used. Keys in the array are ignored. Order is not significant.
4937 *
4938 * @since 1.27
4939 */
4940 $wgSessionProviders = [
4941 MediaWiki\Session\CookieSessionProvider::class => [
4942 'class' => MediaWiki\Session\CookieSessionProvider::class,
4943 'args' => [ [
4944 'priority' => 30,
4945 'callUserSetCookiesHook' => true,
4946 ] ],
4947 ],
4948 MediaWiki\Session\BotPasswordSessionProvider::class => [
4949 'class' => MediaWiki\Session\BotPasswordSessionProvider::class,
4950 'args' => [ [
4951 'priority' => 75,
4952 ] ],
4953 ],
4954 ];
4955
4956 /** @} */ # end user accounts }
4957
4958 /************************************************************************//**
4959 * @name User rights, access control and monitoring
4960 * @{
4961 */
4962
4963 /**
4964 * Number of seconds before autoblock entries expire. Default 86400 = 1 day.
4965 */
4966 $wgAutoblockExpiry = 86400;
4967
4968 /**
4969 * Set this to true to allow blocked users to edit their own user talk page.
4970 */
4971 $wgBlockAllowsUTEdit = true;
4972
4973 /**
4974 * Allow sysops to ban users from accessing Emailuser
4975 */
4976 $wgSysopEmailBans = true;
4977
4978 /**
4979 * Limits on the possible sizes of range blocks.
4980 *
4981 * CIDR notation is hard to understand, it's easy to mistakenly assume that a
4982 * /1 is a small range and a /31 is a large range. For IPv4, setting a limit of
4983 * half the number of bits avoids such errors, and allows entire ISPs to be
4984 * blocked using a small number of range blocks.
4985 *
4986 * For IPv6, RFC 3177 recommends that a /48 be allocated to every residential
4987 * customer, so range blocks larger than /64 (half the number of bits) will
4988 * plainly be required. RFC 4692 implies that a very large ISP may be
4989 * allocated a /19 if a generous HD-Ratio of 0.8 is used, so we will use that
4990 * as our limit. As of 2012, blocking the whole world would require a /4 range.
4991 */
4992 $wgBlockCIDRLimit = [
4993 'IPv4' => 16, # Blocks larger than a /16 (64k addresses) will not be allowed
4994 'IPv6' => 19,
4995 ];
4996
4997 /**
4998 * If true, blocked users will not be allowed to login. When using this with
4999 * a public wiki, the effect of logging out blocked users may actually be
5000 * avers: unless the user's address is also blocked (e.g. auto-block),
5001 * logging the user out will again allow reading and editing, just as for
5002 * anonymous visitors.
5003 */
5004 $wgBlockDisablesLogin = false;
5005
5006 /**
5007 * Pages anonymous user may see, set as an array of pages titles.
5008 *
5009 * @par Example:
5010 * @code
5011 * $wgWhitelistRead = array ( "Main Page", "Wikipedia:Help");
5012 * @endcode
5013 *
5014 * Special:Userlogin and Special:ChangePassword are always whitelisted.
5015 *
5016 * @note This will only work if $wgGroupPermissions['*']['read'] is false --
5017 * see below. Otherwise, ALL pages are accessible, regardless of this setting.
5018 *
5019 * @note Also that this will only protect _pages in the wiki_. Uploaded files
5020 * will remain readable. You can use img_auth.php to protect uploaded files,
5021 * see https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:Image_Authorization
5022 *
5023 * @note Extensions should not modify this, but use the TitleReadWhitelist
5024 * hook instead.
5025 */
5026 $wgWhitelistRead = false;
5027
5028 /**
5029 * Pages anonymous user may see, set as an array of regular expressions.
5030 *
5031 * This function will match the regexp against the title name, which
5032 * is without underscore.
5033 *
5034 * @par Example:
5035 * To whitelist [[Main Page]]:
5036 * @code
5037 * $wgWhitelistReadRegexp = [ "/Main Page/" ];
5038 * @endcode
5039 *
5040 * @note Unless ^ and/or $ is specified, a regular expression might match
5041 * pages not intended to be whitelisted. The above example will also
5042 * whitelist a page named 'Security Main Page'.
5043 *
5044 * @par Example:
5045 * To allow reading any page starting with 'User' regardless of the case:
5046 * @code
5047 * $wgWhitelistReadRegexp = [ "@^UsEr.*@i" ];
5048 * @endcode
5049 * Will allow both [[User is banned]] and [[User:JohnDoe]]
5050 *
5051 * @note This will only work if $wgGroupPermissions['*']['read'] is false --
5052 * see below. Otherwise, ALL pages are accessible, regardless of this setting.
5053 */
5054 $wgWhitelistReadRegexp = false;
5055
5056 /**
5057 * Should editors be required to have a validated e-mail
5058 * address before being allowed to edit?
5059 */
5060 $wgEmailConfirmToEdit = false;
5061
5062 /**
5063 * Should MediaWiki attempt to protect user's privacy when doing redirects?
5064 * Keep this true if access counts to articles are made public.
5065 */
5066 $wgHideIdentifiableRedirects = true;
5067
5068 /**
5069 * Permission keys given to users in each group.
5070 *
5071 * This is an array where the keys are all groups and each value is an
5072 * array of the format (right => boolean).
5073 *
5074 * The second format is used to support per-namespace permissions.
5075 * Note that this feature does not fully work for all permission types.
5076 *
5077 * All users are implicitly in the '*' group including anonymous visitors;
5078 * logged-in users are all implicitly in the 'user' group. These will be
5079 * combined with the permissions of all groups that a given user is listed
5080 * in in the user_groups table.
5081 *
5082 * Note: Don't set $wgGroupPermissions = []; unless you know what you're
5083 * doing! This will wipe all permissions, and may mean that your users are
5084 * unable to perform certain essential tasks or access new functionality
5085 * when new permissions are introduced and default grants established.
5086 *
5087 * Functionality to make pages inaccessible has not been extensively tested
5088 * for security. Use at your own risk!
5089 *
5090 * This replaces $wgWhitelistAccount and $wgWhitelistEdit
5091 */
5092 $wgGroupPermissions = [];
5093
5094 /** @cond file_level_code */
5095 // Implicit group for all visitors
5096 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['createaccount'] = true;
5097 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['read'] = true;
5098 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['edit'] = true;
5099 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['createpage'] = true;
5100 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['createtalk'] = true;
5101 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['writeapi'] = true;
5102 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['viewmywatchlist'] = true;
5103 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['editmywatchlist'] = true;
5104 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['viewmyprivateinfo'] = true;
5105 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['editmyprivateinfo'] = true;
5106 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['editmyoptions'] = true;
5107 # $wgGroupPermissions['*']['patrolmarks'] = false; // let anons see what was patrolled
5108
5109 // Implicit group for all logged-in accounts
5110 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['move'] = true;
5111 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['move-subpages'] = true;
5112 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['move-rootuserpages'] = true; // can move root userpages
5113 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['move-categorypages'] = true;
5114 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['movefile'] = true;
5115 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['read'] = true;
5116 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['edit'] = true;
5117 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['createpage'] = true;
5118 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['createtalk'] = true;
5119 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['writeapi'] = true;
5120 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['upload'] = true;
5121 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['reupload'] = true;
5122 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['reupload-shared'] = true;
5123 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['minoredit'] = true;
5124 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['editmyusercss'] = true;
5125 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['editmyuserjson'] = true;
5126 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['editmyuserjs'] = true;
5127 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['purge'] = true;
5128 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['sendemail'] = true;
5129 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['applychangetags'] = true;
5130 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['changetags'] = true;
5131 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['editcontentmodel'] = true;
5132
5133 // Implicit group for accounts that pass $wgAutoConfirmAge
5134 $wgGroupPermissions['autoconfirmed']['autoconfirmed'] = true;
5135 $wgGroupPermissions['autoconfirmed']['editsemiprotected'] = true;
5136
5137 // Users with bot privilege can have their edits hidden
5138 // from various log pages by default
5139 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['bot'] = true;
5140 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['autoconfirmed'] = true;
5141 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['editsemiprotected'] = true;
5142 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['nominornewtalk'] = true;
5143 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['autopatrol'] = true;
5144 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['suppressredirect'] = true;
5145 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['apihighlimits'] = true;
5146 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['writeapi'] = true;
5147
5148 // Most extra permission abilities go to this group
5149 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['block'] = true;
5150 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['createaccount'] = true;
5151 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['delete'] = true;
5152 // can be separately configured for pages with > $wgDeleteRevisionsLimit revs
5153 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['bigdelete'] = true;
5154 // can view deleted history entries, but not see or restore the text
5155 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['deletedhistory'] = true;
5156 // can view deleted revision text
5157 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['deletedtext'] = true;
5158 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['undelete'] = true;
5159 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['editinterface'] = true;
5160 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['editusercss'] = true;
5161 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['edituserjson'] = true;
5162 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['edituserjs'] = true;
5163 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['import'] = true;
5164 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['importupload'] = true;
5165 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['move'] = true;
5166 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['move-subpages'] = true;
5167 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['move-rootuserpages'] = true;
5168 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['move-categorypages'] = true;
5169 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['patrol'] = true;
5170 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['autopatrol'] = true;
5171 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['protect'] = true;
5172 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['editprotected'] = true;
5173 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['rollback'] = true;
5174 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['upload'] = true;
5175 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['reupload'] = true;
5176 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['reupload-shared'] = true;
5177 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['unwatchedpages'] = true;
5178 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['autoconfirmed'] = true;
5179 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['editsemiprotected'] = true;
5180 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['ipblock-exempt'] = true;
5181 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['blockemail'] = true;
5182 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['markbotedits'] = true;
5183 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['apihighlimits'] = true;
5184 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['browsearchive'] = true;
5185 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['noratelimit'] = true;
5186 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['movefile'] = true;
5187 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['unblockself'] = true;
5188 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['suppressredirect'] = true;
5189 # $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['pagelang'] = true;
5190 # $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['upload_by_url'] = true;
5191 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['mergehistory'] = true;
5192 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['managechangetags'] = true;
5193 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['deletechangetags'] = true;
5194
5195 // Permission to change users' group assignments
5196 $wgGroupPermissions['bureaucrat']['userrights'] = true;
5197 $wgGroupPermissions['bureaucrat']['noratelimit'] = true;
5198 // Permission to change users' groups assignments across wikis
5199 # $wgGroupPermissions['bureaucrat']['userrights-interwiki'] = true;
5200 // Permission to export pages including linked pages regardless of $wgExportMaxLinkDepth
5201 # $wgGroupPermissions['bureaucrat']['override-export-depth'] = true;
5202
5203 # $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['deletelogentry'] = true;
5204 # $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['deleterevision'] = true;
5205 // To hide usernames from users and Sysops
5206 # $wgGroupPermissions['suppress']['hideuser'] = true;
5207 // To hide revisions/log items from users and Sysops
5208 # $wgGroupPermissions['suppress']['suppressrevision'] = true;
5209 // To view revisions/log items hidden from users and Sysops
5210 # $wgGroupPermissions['suppress']['viewsuppressed'] = true;
5211 // For private suppression log access
5212 # $wgGroupPermissions['suppress']['suppressionlog'] = true;
5213
5214 /**
5215 * The developer group is deprecated, but can be activated if need be
5216 * to use the 'lockdb' and 'unlockdb' special pages. Those require
5217 * that a lock file be defined and creatable/removable by the web
5218 * server.
5219 */
5220 # $wgGroupPermissions['developer']['siteadmin'] = true;
5221
5222 /** @endcond */
5223
5224 /**
5225 * Permission keys revoked from users in each group.
5226 *
5227 * This acts the same way as wgGroupPermissions above, except that
5228 * if the user is in a group here, the permission will be removed from them.
5229 *
5230 * Improperly setting this could mean that your users will be unable to perform
5231 * certain essential tasks, so use at your own risk!
5232 */
5233 $wgRevokePermissions = [];
5234
5235 /**
5236 * Implicit groups, aren't shown on Special:Listusers or somewhere else
5237 */
5238 $wgImplicitGroups = [ '*', 'user', 'autoconfirmed' ];
5239
5240 /**
5241 * A map of group names that the user is in, to group names that those users
5242 * are allowed to add or revoke.
5243 *
5244 * Setting the list of groups to add or revoke to true is equivalent to "any
5245 * group".
5246 *
5247 * @par Example:
5248 * To allow sysops to add themselves to the "bot" group:
5249 * @code
5250 * $wgGroupsAddToSelf = [ 'sysop' => [ 'bot' ] ];
5251 * @endcode
5252 *
5253 * @par Example:
5254 * Implicit groups may be used for the source group, for instance:
5255 * @code
5256 * $wgGroupsRemoveFromSelf = [ '*' => true ];
5257 * @endcode
5258 * This allows users in the '*' group (i.e. any user) to remove themselves from
5259 * any group that they happen to be in.
5260 */
5261 $wgGroupsAddToSelf = [];
5262
5263 /**
5264 * @see $wgGroupsAddToSelf
5265 */
5266 $wgGroupsRemoveFromSelf = [];
5267
5268 /**
5269 * Set of available actions that can be restricted via action=protect
5270 * You probably shouldn't change this.
5271 * Translated through restriction-* messages.
5272 * Title::getRestrictionTypes() will remove restrictions that are not
5273 * applicable to a specific title (create and upload)
5274 */
5275 $wgRestrictionTypes = [ 'create', 'edit', 'move', 'upload' ];
5276
5277 /**
5278 * Rights which can be required for each protection level (via action=protect)
5279 *
5280 * You can add a new protection level that requires a specific
5281 * permission by manipulating this array. The ordering of elements
5282 * dictates the order on the protection form's lists.
5283 *
5284 * - '' will be ignored (i.e. unprotected)
5285 * - 'autoconfirmed' is quietly rewritten to 'editsemiprotected' for backwards compatibility
5286 * - 'sysop' is quietly rewritten to 'editprotected' for backwards compatibility
5287 */
5288 $wgRestrictionLevels = [ '', 'autoconfirmed', 'sysop' ];
5289
5290 /**
5291 * Restriction levels that can be used with cascading protection
5292 *
5293 * A page can only be protected with cascading protection if the
5294 * requested restriction level is included in this array.
5295 *
5296 * 'autoconfirmed' is quietly rewritten to 'editsemiprotected' for backwards compatibility.
5297 * 'sysop' is quietly rewritten to 'editprotected' for backwards compatibility.
5298 */
5299 $wgCascadingRestrictionLevels = [ 'sysop' ];
5300
5301 /**
5302 * Restriction levels that should be considered "semiprotected"
5303 *
5304 * Certain places in the interface recognize a dichotomy between "protected"
5305 * and "semiprotected", without further distinguishing the specific levels. In
5306 * general, if anyone can be eligible to edit a protection level merely by
5307 * reaching some condition in $wgAutopromote, it should probably be considered
5308 * "semiprotected".
5309 *
5310 * 'autoconfirmed' is quietly rewritten to 'editsemiprotected' for backwards compatibility.
5311 * 'sysop' is not changed, since it really shouldn't be here.
5312 */
5313 $wgSemiprotectedRestrictionLevels = [ 'autoconfirmed' ];
5314
5315 /**
5316 * Set the minimum permissions required to edit pages in each
5317 * namespace. If you list more than one permission, a user must
5318 * have all of them to edit pages in that namespace.
5319 *
5320 * @note NS_MEDIAWIKI is implicitly restricted to 'editinterface'.
5321 */
5322 $wgNamespaceProtection = [];
5323
5324 /**
5325 * Pages in namespaces in this array can not be used as templates.
5326 *
5327 * Elements MUST be numeric namespace ids, you can safely use the MediaWiki
5328 * namespaces constants (NS_USER, NS_MAIN...).
5329 *
5330 * Among other things, this may be useful to enforce read-restrictions
5331 * which may otherwise be bypassed by using the template mechanism.
5332 */
5333 $wgNonincludableNamespaces = [];
5334
5335 /**
5336 * Number of seconds an account is required to age before it's given the
5337 * implicit 'autoconfirm' group membership. This can be used to limit
5338 * privileges of new accounts.
5339 *
5340 * Accounts created by earlier versions of the software may not have a
5341 * recorded creation date, and will always be considered to pass the age test.
5342 *
5343 * When left at 0, all registered accounts will pass.
5344 *
5345 * @par Example:
5346 * Set automatic confirmation to 10 minutes (which is 600 seconds):
5347 * @code
5348 * $wgAutoConfirmAge = 600; // ten minutes
5349 * @endcode
5350 * Set age to one day:
5351 * @code
5352 * $wgAutoConfirmAge = 3600*24; // one day
5353 * @endcode
5354 */
5355 $wgAutoConfirmAge = 0;
5356
5357 /**
5358 * Number of edits an account requires before it is autoconfirmed.
5359 * Passing both this AND the time requirement is needed. Example:
5360 *
5361 * @par Example:
5362 * @code
5363 * $wgAutoConfirmCount = 50;
5364 * @endcode
5365 */
5366 $wgAutoConfirmCount = 0;
5367
5368 /**
5369 * Array containing the conditions of automatic promotion of a user to specific groups.
5370 *
5371 * The basic syntax for `$wgAutopromote` is:
5372 *
5373 * $wgAutopromote = array(
5374 * 'groupname' => cond,
5375 * 'group2' => cond2,
5376 * );
5377 *
5378 * A `cond` may be:
5379 * - a single condition without arguments:
5380 * Note that Autopromote wraps a single non-array value into an array
5381 * e.g. `APCOND_EMAILCONFIRMED` OR
5382 * array( `APCOND_EMAILCONFIRMED` )
5383 * - a single condition with arguments:
5384 * e.g. `array( APCOND_EDITCOUNT, 100 )`
5385 * - a set of conditions:
5386 * e.g. `array( 'operand', cond1, cond2, ... )`
5387 *
5388 * When constructing a set of conditions, the following conditions are available:
5389 * - `&` (**AND**):
5390 * promote if user matches **ALL** conditions
5391 * - `|` (**OR**):
5392 * promote if user matches **ANY** condition
5393 * - `^` (**XOR**):
5394 * promote if user matches **ONLY ONE OF THE CONDITIONS**
5395 * - `!` (**NOT**):
5396 * promote if user matces **NO** condition
5397 * - array( APCOND_EMAILCONFIRMED ):
5398 * true if user has a confirmed e-mail
5399 * - array( APCOND_EDITCOUNT, number of edits ):
5400 * true if user has the at least the number of edits as the passed parameter
5401 * - array( APCOND_AGE, seconds since registration ):
5402 * true if the length of time since the user created his/her account
5403 * is at least the same length of time as the passed parameter
5404 * - array( APCOND_AGE_FROM_EDIT, seconds since first edit ):
5405 * true if the length of time since the user made his/her first edit
5406 * is at least the same length of time as the passed parameter
5407 * - array( APCOND_INGROUPS, group1, group2, ... ):
5408 * true if the user is a member of each of the passed groups
5409 * - array( APCOND_ISIP, ip ):
5410 * true if the user has the passed IP address
5411 * - array( APCOND_IPINRANGE, range ):
5412 * true if the user has an IP address in the range of the passed parameter
5413 * - array( APCOND_BLOCKED ):
5414 * true if the user is blocked
5415 * - array( APCOND_ISBOT ):
5416 * true if the user is a bot
5417 * - similar constructs can be defined by extensions
5418 *
5419 * The sets of conditions are evaluated recursively, so you can use nested sets of conditions
5420 * linked by operands.
5421 *
5422 * Note that if $wgEmailAuthentication is disabled, APCOND_EMAILCONFIRMED will be true for any
5423 * user who has provided an e-mail address.
5424 */
5425 $wgAutopromote = [
5426 'autoconfirmed' => [ '&',
5427 [ APCOND_EDITCOUNT, &$wgAutoConfirmCount ],
5428 [ APCOND_AGE, &$wgAutoConfirmAge ],
5429 ],
5430 ];
5431
5432 /**
5433 * Automatically add a usergroup to any user who matches certain conditions.
5434 *
5435 * Does not add the user to the group again if it has been removed.
5436 * Also, does not remove the group if the user no longer meets the criteria.
5437 *
5438 * The format is:
5439 * @code
5440 * [ event => criteria, ... ]
5441 * @endcode
5442 * Where event is either:
5443 * - 'onEdit' (when user edits)
5444 *
5445 * Criteria has the same format as $wgAutopromote
5446 *
5447 * @see $wgAutopromote
5448 * @since 1.18
5449 */
5450 $wgAutopromoteOnce = [
5451 'onEdit' => [],
5452 ];
5453
5454 /**
5455 * Put user rights log entries for autopromotion in recent changes?
5456 * @since 1.18
5457 */
5458 $wgAutopromoteOnceLogInRC = true;
5459
5460 /**
5461 * $wgAddGroups and $wgRemoveGroups can be used to give finer control over who
5462 * can assign which groups at Special:Userrights.
5463 *
5464 * @par Example:
5465 * Bureaucrats can add any group:
5466 * @code
5467 * $wgAddGroups['bureaucrat'] = true;
5468 * @endcode
5469 * Bureaucrats can only remove bots and sysops:
5470 * @code
5471 * $wgRemoveGroups['bureaucrat'] = [ 'bot', 'sysop' ];
5472 * @endcode
5473 * Sysops can make bots:
5474 * @code
5475 * $wgAddGroups['sysop'] = [ 'bot' ];
5476 * @endcode
5477 * Sysops can disable other sysops in an emergency, and disable bots:
5478 * @code
5479 * $wgRemoveGroups['sysop'] = [ 'sysop', 'bot' ];
5480 * @endcode
5481 */
5482 $wgAddGroups = [];
5483
5484 /**
5485 * @see $wgAddGroups
5486 */
5487 $wgRemoveGroups = [];
5488
5489 /**
5490 * A list of available rights, in addition to the ones defined by the core.
5491 * For extensions only.
5492 */
5493 $wgAvailableRights = [];
5494
5495 /**
5496 * Optional to restrict deletion of pages with higher revision counts
5497 * to users with the 'bigdelete' permission. (Default given to sysops.)
5498 */
5499 $wgDeleteRevisionsLimit = 0;
5500
5501 /**
5502 * The maximum number of edits a user can have and
5503 * can still be hidden by users with the hideuser permission.
5504 * This is limited for performance reason.
5505 * Set to false to disable the limit.
5506 * @since 1.23
5507 */
5508 $wgHideUserContribLimit = 1000;
5509
5510 /**
5511 * Number of accounts each IP address may create per specified period(s).
5512 *
5513 * @par Example:
5514 * @code
5515 * $wgAccountCreationThrottle = [
5516 * // no more than 100 per month
5517 * [
5518 * 'count' => 100,
5519 * 'seconds' => 30*86400,
5520 * ],
5521 * // no more than 10 per day
5522 * [
5523 * 'count' => 10,
5524 * 'seconds' => 86400,
5525 * ],
5526 * ];
5527 * @endcode
5528 *
5529 * @warning Requires $wgMainCacheType to be enabled
5530 */
5531 $wgAccountCreationThrottle = [ [
5532 'count' => 0,
5533 'seconds' => 86400,
5534 ] ];
5535
5536 /**
5537 * Edits matching these regular expressions in body text
5538 * will be recognised as spam and rejected automatically.
5539 *
5540 * There's no administrator override on-wiki, so be careful what you set. :)
5541 * May be an array of regexes or a single string for backwards compatibility.
5542 *
5543 * @see https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Regular_expression
5544 *
5545 * @note Each regex needs a beginning/end delimiter, eg: # or /
5546 */
5547 $wgSpamRegex = [];
5548
5549 /**
5550 * Same as the above except for edit summaries
5551 */
5552 $wgSummarySpamRegex = [];
5553
5554 /**
5555 * Whether to use DNS blacklists in $wgDnsBlacklistUrls to check for open
5556 * proxies
5557 * @since 1.16
5558 */
5559 $wgEnableDnsBlacklist = false;
5560
5561 /**
5562 * List of DNS blacklists to use, if $wgEnableDnsBlacklist is true.
5563 *
5564 * This is an array of either a URL or an array with the URL and a key (should
5565 * the blacklist require a key).
5566 *
5567 * @par Example:
5568 * @code
5569 * $wgDnsBlacklistUrls = [
5570 * // String containing URL
5571 * 'http.dnsbl.sorbs.net.',
5572 * // Array with URL and key, for services that require a key
5573 * [ 'dnsbl.httpbl.net.', 'mykey' ],
5574 * // Array with just the URL. While this works, it is recommended that you
5575 * // just use a string as shown above
5576 * [ 'opm.tornevall.org.' ]
5577 * ];
5578 * @endcode
5579 *
5580 * @note You should end the domain name with a . to avoid searching your
5581 * eventual domain search suffixes.
5582 * @since 1.16
5583 */
5584 $wgDnsBlacklistUrls = [ 'http.dnsbl.sorbs.net.' ];
5585
5586 /**
5587 * Proxy whitelist, list of addresses that are assumed to be non-proxy despite
5588 * what the other methods might say.
5589 */
5590 $wgProxyWhitelist = [];
5591
5592 /**
5593 * IP ranges that should be considered soft-blocked (anon-only, account
5594 * creation allowed). The intent is to use this to prevent anonymous edits from
5595 * shared resources such as Wikimedia Labs.
5596 * @since 1.29
5597 * @var string[]
5598 */
5599 $wgSoftBlockRanges = [];
5600
5601 /**
5602 * Whether to look at the X-Forwarded-For header's list of (potentially spoofed)
5603 * IPs and apply IP blocks to them. This allows for IP blocks to work with correctly-configured
5604 * (transparent) proxies without needing to block the proxies themselves.
5605 */
5606 $wgApplyIpBlocksToXff = false;
5607
5608 /**
5609 * Simple rate limiter options to brake edit floods.
5610 *
5611 * Maximum number actions allowed in the given number of seconds; after that
5612 * the violating client receives HTTP 500 error pages until the period
5613 * elapses.
5614 *
5615 * @par Example:
5616 * Limits per configured per action and then type of users.
5617 * @code
5618 * $wgRateLimits = [
5619 * 'edit' => [
5620 * 'anon' => [ x, y ], // any and all anonymous edits (aggregate)
5621 * 'user' => [ x, y ], // each logged-in user
5622 * 'newbie' => [ x, y ], // each new autoconfirmed accounts; overrides 'user'
5623 * 'ip' => [ x, y ], // each anon and recent account
5624 * 'subnet' => [ x, y ], // ... within a /24 subnet in IPv4 or /64 in IPv6
5625 * 'groupName' => [ x, y ], // by group membership
5626 * ]
5627 * ];
5628 * @endcode
5629 *
5630 * @par Normally, the 'noratelimit' right allows a user to bypass any rate
5631 * limit checks. This can be disabled on a per-action basis by setting the
5632 * special '&can-bypass' key to false in that action's configuration.
5633 * @code
5634 * $wgRateLimits = [
5635 * 'some-action' => [
5636 * '&can-bypass' => false,
5637 * 'user' => [ x, y ],
5638 * ];
5639 * @endcode
5640 *
5641 * @warning Requires that $wgMainCacheType is set to something persistent
5642 */
5643 $wgRateLimits = [
5644 // Page edits
5645 'edit' => [
5646 'ip' => [ 8, 60 ],
5647 'newbie' => [ 8, 60 ],
5648 'user' => [ 90, 60 ],
5649 ],
5650 // Page moves
5651 'move' => [
5652 'newbie' => [ 2, 120 ],
5653 'user' => [ 8, 60 ],
5654 ],
5655 // File uploads
5656 'upload' => [
5657 'ip' => [ 8, 60 ],
5658 'newbie' => [ 8, 60 ],
5659 ],
5660 // Page rollbacks
5661 'rollback' => [
5662 'user' => [ 10, 60 ],
5663 'newbie' => [ 5, 120 ]
5664 ],
5665 // Triggering password resets emails
5666 'mailpassword' => [
5667 'ip' => [ 5, 3600 ],
5668 ],
5669 // Emailing other users using MediaWiki
5670 'emailuser' => [
5671 'ip' => [ 5, 86400 ],
5672 'newbie' => [ 5, 86400 ],
5673 'user' => [ 20, 86400 ],
5674 ],
5675 // Purging pages
5676 'purge' => [
5677 'ip' => [ 30, 60 ],
5678 'user' => [ 30, 60 ],
5679 ],
5680 // Purges of link tables
5681 'linkpurge' => [
5682 'ip' => [ 30, 60 ],
5683 'user' => [ 30, 60 ],
5684 ],
5685 // Files rendered via thumb.php or thumb_handler.php
5686 'renderfile' => [
5687 'ip' => [ 700, 30 ],
5688 'user' => [ 700, 30 ],
5689 ],
5690 // Same as above but for non-standard thumbnails
5691 'renderfile-nonstandard' => [
5692 'ip' => [ 70, 30 ],
5693 'user' => [ 70, 30 ],
5694 ],
5695 // Stashing edits into cache before save
5696 'stashedit' => [
5697 'ip' => [ 30, 60 ],
5698 'newbie' => [ 30, 60 ],
5699 ],
5700 // Adding or removing change tags
5701 'changetag' => [
5702 'ip' => [ 8, 60 ],
5703 'newbie' => [ 8, 60 ],
5704 ],
5705 // Changing the content model of a page
5706 'editcontentmodel' => [
5707 'newbie' => [ 2, 120 ],
5708 'user' => [ 8, 60 ],
5709 ],
5710 ];
5711
5712 /**
5713 * Array of IPs / CIDR ranges which should be excluded from rate limits.
5714 * This may be useful for whitelisting NAT gateways for conferences, etc.
5715 */
5716 $wgRateLimitsExcludedIPs = [];
5717
5718 /**
5719 * Log IP addresses in the recentchanges table; can be accessed only by
5720 * extensions (e.g. CheckUser) or a DB admin
5721 * Used for retroactive autoblocks
5722 */
5723 $wgPutIPinRC = true;
5724
5725 /**
5726 * Integer defining default number of entries to show on
5727 * special pages which are query-pages such as Special:Whatlinkshere.
5728 */
5729 $wgQueryPageDefaultLimit = 50;
5730
5731 /**
5732 * Limit password attempts to X attempts per Y seconds per IP per account.
5733 *
5734 * Value is an array of arrays. Each sub-array must have a key for count
5735 * (ie count of how many attempts before throttle) and a key for seconds.
5736 * If the key 'allIPs' (case sensitive) is present, then the limit is
5737 * just per account instead of per IP per account.
5738 *
5739 * @since 1.27 allIps support and multiple limits added in 1.27. Prior
5740 * to 1.27 this only supported having a single throttle.
5741 * @warning Requires $wgMainCacheType to be enabled
5742 */
5743 $wgPasswordAttemptThrottle = [
5744 // Short term limit
5745 [ 'count' => 5, 'seconds' => 300 ],
5746 // Long term limit. We need to balance the risk
5747 // of somebody using this as a DoS attack to lock someone
5748 // out of their account, and someone doing a brute force attack.
5749 [ 'count' => 150, 'seconds' => 60 * 60 * 48 ],
5750 ];
5751
5752 /**
5753 * @var array Map of (grant => right => boolean)
5754 * Users authorize consumers (like Apps) to act on their behalf but only with
5755 * a subset of the user's normal account rights (signed off on by the user).
5756 * The possible rights to grant to a consumer are bundled into groups called
5757 * "grants". Each grant defines some rights it lets consumers inherit from the
5758 * account they may act on behalf of. Note that a user granting a right does
5759 * nothing if that user does not actually have that right to begin with.
5760 * @since 1.27
5761 */
5762 $wgGrantPermissions = [];
5763
5764 // @TODO: clean up grants
5765 // @TODO: auto-include read/editsemiprotected rights?
5766
5767 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['autoconfirmed'] = true;
5768 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['autopatrol'] = true;
5769 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['editsemiprotected'] = true;
5770 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['ipblock-exempt'] = true;
5771 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['nominornewtalk'] = true;
5772 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['patrolmarks'] = true;
5773 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['purge'] = true;
5774 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['read'] = true;
5775 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['skipcaptcha'] = true;
5776 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['writeapi'] = true;
5777
5778 $wgGrantPermissions['highvolume']['bot'] = true;
5779 $wgGrantPermissions['highvolume']['apihighlimits'] = true;
5780 $wgGrantPermissions['highvolume']['noratelimit'] = true;
5781 $wgGrantPermissions['highvolume']['markbotedits'] = true;
5782
5783 $wgGrantPermissions['editpage']['edit'] = true;
5784 $wgGrantPermissions['editpage']['minoredit'] = true;
5785 $wgGrantPermissions['editpage']['applychangetags'] = true;
5786 $wgGrantPermissions['editpage']['changetags'] = true;
5787
5788 $wgGrantPermissions['editprotected'] = $wgGrantPermissions['editpage'];
5789 $wgGrantPermissions['editprotected']['editprotected'] = true;
5790
5791 // FIXME: Rename editmycssjs to editmyconfig
5792 $wgGrantPermissions['editmycssjs'] = $wgGrantPermissions['editpage'];
5793 $wgGrantPermissions['editmycssjs']['editmyusercss'] = true;
5794 $wgGrantPermissions['editmycssjs']['editmyuserjson'] = true;
5795 $wgGrantPermissions['editmycssjs']['editmyuserjs'] = true;
5796
5797 $wgGrantPermissions['editmyoptions']['editmyoptions'] = true;
5798
5799 $wgGrantPermissions['editinterface'] = $wgGrantPermissions['editpage'];
5800 $wgGrantPermissions['editinterface']['editinterface'] = true;
5801 $wgGrantPermissions['editinterface']['editusercss'] = true;
5802 $wgGrantPermissions['editinterface']['edituserjson'] = true;
5803 $wgGrantPermissions['editinterface']['edituserjs'] = true;
5804
5805 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage'] = $wgGrantPermissions['editpage'];
5806 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage']['createpage'] = true;
5807 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage']['createtalk'] = true;
5808 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage']['move'] = true;
5809 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage']['move-rootuserpages'] = true;
5810 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage']['move-subpages'] = true;
5811 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage']['move-categorypages'] = true;
5812
5813 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadfile']['upload'] = true;
5814 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadfile']['reupload-own'] = true;
5815
5816 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadeditmovefile'] = $wgGrantPermissions['uploadfile'];
5817 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadeditmovefile']['reupload'] = true;
5818 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadeditmovefile']['reupload-shared'] = true;
5819 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadeditmovefile']['upload_by_url'] = true;
5820 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadeditmovefile']['movefile'] = true;
5821 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadeditmovefile']['suppressredirect'] = true;
5822
5823 $wgGrantPermissions['patrol']['patrol'] = true;
5824
5825 $wgGrantPermissions['rollback']['rollback'] = true;
5826
5827 $wgGrantPermissions['blockusers']['block'] = true;
5828 $wgGrantPermissions['blockusers']['blockemail'] = true;
5829
5830 $wgGrantPermissions['viewdeleted']['browsearchive'] = true;
5831 $wgGrantPermissions['viewdeleted']['deletedhistory'] = true;
5832 $wgGrantPermissions['viewdeleted']['deletedtext'] = true;
5833
5834 $wgGrantPermissions['viewrestrictedlogs']['suppressionlog'] = true;
5835
5836 $wgGrantPermissions['delete'] = $wgGrantPermissions['editpage'] +
5837 $wgGrantPermissions['viewdeleted'];
5838 $wgGrantPermissions['delete']['delete'] = true;
5839 $wgGrantPermissions['delete']['bigdelete'] = true;
5840 $wgGrantPermissions['delete']['deletelogentry'] = true;
5841 $wgGrantPermissions['delete']['deleterevision'] = true;
5842 $wgGrantPermissions['delete']['undelete'] = true;
5843
5844 $wgGrantPermissions['protect'] = $wgGrantPermissions['editprotected'];
5845 $wgGrantPermissions['protect']['protect'] = true;
5846
5847 $wgGrantPermissions['viewmywatchlist']['viewmywatchlist'] = true;
5848
5849 $wgGrantPermissions['editmywatchlist']['editmywatchlist'] = true;
5850
5851 $wgGrantPermissions['sendemail']['sendemail'] = true;
5852
5853 $wgGrantPermissions['createaccount']['createaccount'] = true;
5854
5855 $wgGrantPermissions['privateinfo']['viewmyprivateinfo'] = true;
5856
5857 /**
5858 * @var array Map of grants to their UI grouping
5859 * @since 1.27
5860 */
5861 $wgGrantPermissionGroups = [
5862 // Hidden grants are implicitly present
5863 'basic' => 'hidden',
5864
5865 'editpage' => 'page-interaction',
5866 'createeditmovepage' => 'page-interaction',
5867 'editprotected' => 'page-interaction',
5868 'patrol' => 'page-interaction',
5869
5870 'uploadfile' => 'file-interaction',
5871 'uploadeditmovefile' => 'file-interaction',
5872
5873 'sendemail' => 'email',
5874
5875 'viewmywatchlist' => 'watchlist-interaction',
5876 'editviewmywatchlist' => 'watchlist-interaction',
5877
5878 'editmycssjs' => 'customization',
5879 'editmyoptions' => 'customization',
5880
5881 'editinterface' => 'administration',
5882 'rollback' => 'administration',
5883 'blockusers' => 'administration',
5884 'delete' => 'administration',
5885 'viewdeleted' => 'administration',
5886 'viewrestrictedlogs' => 'administration',
5887 'protect' => 'administration',
5888 'createaccount' => 'administration',
5889
5890 'highvolume' => 'high-volume',
5891
5892 'privateinfo' => 'private-information',
5893 ];
5894
5895 /**
5896 * @var bool Whether to enable bot passwords
5897 * @since 1.27
5898 */
5899 $wgEnableBotPasswords = true;
5900
5901 /**
5902 * Cluster for the bot_passwords table
5903 * @var string|bool If false, the normal cluster will be used
5904 * @since 1.27
5905 */
5906 $wgBotPasswordsCluster = false;
5907
5908 /**
5909 * Database name for the bot_passwords table
5910 *
5911 * To use a database with a table prefix, set this variable to
5912 * "{$database}-{$prefix}".
5913 * @var string|bool If false, the normal database will be used
5914 * @since 1.27
5915 */
5916 $wgBotPasswordsDatabase = false;
5917
5918 /** @} */ # end of user rights settings
5919
5920 /************************************************************************//**
5921 * @name Proxy scanner settings
5922 * @{
5923 */
5924
5925 /**
5926 * This should always be customised in LocalSettings.php
5927 */
5928 $wgSecretKey = false;
5929
5930 /**
5931 * Big list of banned IP addresses.
5932 *
5933 * This can have the following formats:
5934 * - An array of addresses, either in the values
5935 * or the keys (for backward compatibility, deprecated since 1.30)
5936 * - A string, in that case this is the path to a file
5937 * containing the list of IP addresses, one per line
5938 */
5939 $wgProxyList = [];
5940
5941 /** @} */ # end of proxy scanner settings
5942
5943 /************************************************************************//**
5944 * @name Cookie settings
5945 * @{
5946 */
5947
5948 /**
5949 * Default cookie lifetime, in seconds. Setting to 0 makes all cookies session-only.
5950 */
5951 $wgCookieExpiration = 30 * 86400;
5952
5953 /**
5954 * Default login cookie lifetime, in seconds. Setting
5955 * $wgExtendLoginCookieExpiration to null will use $wgCookieExpiration to
5956 * calculate the cookie lifetime. As with $wgCookieExpiration, 0 will make
5957 * login cookies session-only.
5958 */
5959 $wgExtendedLoginCookieExpiration = 180 * 86400;
5960
5961 /**
5962 * Set to set an explicit domain on the login cookies eg, "justthis.domain.org"
5963 * or ".any.subdomain.net"
5964 */
5965 $wgCookieDomain = '';
5966
5967 /**
5968 * Set this variable if you want to restrict cookies to a certain path within
5969 * the domain specified by $wgCookieDomain.
5970 */
5971 $wgCookiePath = '/';
5972
5973 /**
5974 * Whether the "secure" flag should be set on the cookie. This can be:
5975 * - true: Set secure flag
5976 * - false: Don't set secure flag
5977 * - "detect": Set the secure flag if $wgServer is set to an HTTPS URL
5978 */
5979 $wgCookieSecure = 'detect';
5980
5981 /**
5982 * By default, MediaWiki checks if the client supports cookies during the
5983 * login process, so that it can display an informative error message if
5984 * cookies are disabled. Set this to true if you want to disable this cookie
5985 * check.
5986 */
5987 $wgDisableCookieCheck = false;
5988
5989 /**
5990 * Cookies generated by MediaWiki have names starting with this prefix. Set it
5991 * to a string to use a custom prefix. Setting it to false causes the database
5992 * name to be used as a prefix.
5993 */
5994 $wgCookiePrefix = false;
5995
5996 /**
5997 * Set authentication cookies to HttpOnly to prevent access by JavaScript,
5998 * in browsers that support this feature. This can mitigates some classes of
5999 * XSS attack.
6000 */
6001 $wgCookieHttpOnly = true;
6002
6003 /**
6004 * A list of cookies that vary the cache (for use by extensions)
6005 */
6006 $wgCacheVaryCookies = [];
6007
6008 /**
6009 * Override to customise the session name
6010 */
6011 $wgSessionName = false;
6012
6013 /**
6014 * Whether to set a cookie when a user is autoblocked. Doing so means that a blocked user, even
6015 * after logging out and moving to a new IP address, will still be blocked. This cookie will contain
6016 * an authentication code if $wgSecretKey is set, or otherwise will just be the block ID (in
6017 * which case there is a possibility of an attacker discovering the names of revdeleted users, so
6018 * it is best to use this in conjunction with $wgSecretKey being set).
6019 */
6020 $wgCookieSetOnAutoblock = false;
6021
6022 /**
6023 * Whether to set a cookie when a logged-out user is blocked. Doing so means that a blocked user,
6024 * even after moving to a new IP address, will still be blocked. This cookie will contain an
6025 * authentication code if $wgSecretKey is set, or otherwise will just be the block ID (in which
6026 * case there is a possibility of an attacker discovering the names of revdeleted users, so it
6027 * is best to use this in conjunction with $wgSecretKey being set).
6028 */
6029 $wgCookieSetOnIpBlock = false;
6030
6031 /** @} */ # end of cookie settings }
6032
6033 /************************************************************************//**
6034 * @name LaTeX (mathematical formulas)
6035 * @{
6036 */
6037
6038 /**
6039 * To use inline TeX, you need to compile 'texvc' (in the 'math' subdirectory of
6040 * the MediaWiki package and have latex, dvips, gs (ghostscript), andconvert
6041 * (ImageMagick) installed and available in the PATH.
6042 * Please see math/README for more information.
6043 */
6044 $wgUseTeX = false;
6045
6046 /** @} */ # end LaTeX }
6047
6048 /************************************************************************//**
6049 * @name Profiling, testing and debugging
6050 *
6051 * See $wgProfiler for how to enable profiling.
6052 *
6053 * @{
6054 */
6055
6056 /**
6057 * Filename for debug logging. See https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/How_to_debug
6058 * The debug log file should be not be publicly accessible if it is used, as it
6059 * may contain private data.
6060 */
6061 $wgDebugLogFile = '';
6062
6063 /**
6064 * Prefix for debug log lines
6065 */
6066 $wgDebugLogPrefix = '';
6067
6068 /**
6069 * If true, instead of redirecting, show a page with a link to the redirect
6070 * destination. This allows for the inspection of PHP error messages, and easy
6071 * resubmission of form data. For developer use only.
6072 */
6073 $wgDebugRedirects = false;
6074
6075 /**
6076 * If true, log debugging data from action=raw and load.php.
6077 * This is normally false to avoid overlapping debug entries due to gen=css
6078 * and gen=js requests.
6079 */
6080 $wgDebugRawPage = false;
6081
6082 /**
6083 * Send debug data to an HTML comment in the output.
6084 *
6085 * This may occasionally be useful when supporting a non-technical end-user.
6086 * It's more secure than exposing the debug log file to the web, since the
6087 * output only contains private data for the current user. But it's not ideal
6088 * for development use since data is lost on fatal errors and redirects.
6089 */
6090 $wgDebugComments = false;
6091
6092 /**
6093 * Write SQL queries to the debug log.
6094 *
6095 * This setting is only used $wgLBFactoryConf['class'] is set to
6096 * '\Wikimedia\Rdbms\LBFactorySimple' and $wgDBservers is an empty array; otherwise
6097 * the DBO_DEBUG flag must be set in the 'flags' option of the database
6098 * connection to achieve the same functionality.
6099 */
6100 $wgDebugDumpSql = false;
6101
6102 /**
6103 * Performance expectations for DB usage
6104 *
6105 * @since 1.26
6106 */
6107 $wgTrxProfilerLimits = [
6108 // HTTP GET/HEAD requests.
6109 // Master queries should not happen on GET requests
6110 'GET' => [
6111 'masterConns' => 0,
6112 'writes' => 0,
6113 'readQueryTime' => 5
6114 ],
6115 // HTTP POST requests.
6116 // Master reads and writes will happen for a subset of these.
6117 'POST' => [
6118 'readQueryTime' => 5,
6119 'writeQueryTime' => 1,
6120 'maxAffected' => 1000
6121 ],
6122 'POST-nonwrite' => [
6123 'masterConns' => 0,
6124 'writes' => 0,
6125 'readQueryTime' => 5
6126 ],
6127 // Deferred updates that run after HTTP response is sent for GET requests
6128 'PostSend-GET' => [
6129 'readQueryTime' => 5,
6130 'writeQueryTime' => 1,
6131 'maxAffected' => 1000,
6132 // Log master queries under the post-send entry point as they are discouraged
6133 'masterConns' => 0,
6134 'writes' => 0,
6135 ],
6136 // Deferred updates that run after HTTP response is sent for POST requests
6137 'PostSend-POST' => [
6138 'readQueryTime' => 5,
6139 'writeQueryTime' => 1,
6140 'maxAffected' => 1000
6141 ],
6142 // Background job runner
6143 'JobRunner' => [
6144 'readQueryTime' => 30,
6145 'writeQueryTime' => 5,
6146 'maxAffected' => 500 // ballpark of $wgUpdateRowsPerQuery
6147 ],
6148 // Command-line scripts
6149 'Maintenance' => [
6150 'writeQueryTime' => 5,
6151 'maxAffected' => 1000
6152 ]
6153 ];
6154
6155 /**
6156 * Map of string log group names to log destinations.
6157 *
6158 * If set, wfDebugLog() output for that group will go to that file instead
6159 * of the regular $wgDebugLogFile. Useful for enabling selective logging
6160 * in production.
6161 *
6162 * Log destinations may be one of the following:
6163 * - false to completely remove from the output, including from $wgDebugLogFile.
6164 * - string values specifying a filename or URI.
6165 * - associative array with keys:
6166 * - 'destination' desired filename or URI.
6167 * - 'sample' an integer value, specifying a sampling factor (optional)
6168 * - 'level' A \Psr\Log\LogLevel constant, indicating the minimum level
6169 * to log (optional, since 1.25)
6170 *
6171 * @par Example:
6172 * @code
6173 * $wgDebugLogGroups['redis'] = '/var/log/mediawiki/redis.log';
6174 * @endcode
6175 *
6176 * @par Advanced example:
6177 * @code
6178 * $wgDebugLogGroups['memcached'] = [
6179 * 'destination' => '/var/log/mediawiki/memcached.log',
6180 * 'sample' => 1000, // log 1 message out of every 1,000.
6181 * 'level' => \Psr\Log\LogLevel::WARNING
6182 * ];
6183 * @endcode
6184 */
6185 $wgDebugLogGroups = [];
6186
6187 /**
6188 * Default service provider for creating Psr\Log\LoggerInterface instances.
6189 *
6190 * The value should be an array suitable for use with
6191 * ObjectFactory::getObjectFromSpec(). The created object is expected to
6192 * implement the MediaWiki\Logger\Spi interface. See ObjectFactory for additional
6193 * details.
6194 *
6195 * Alternately the MediaWiki\Logger\LoggerFactory::registerProvider method can
6196 * be called to inject an MediaWiki\Logger\Spi instance into the LoggerFactory
6197 * and bypass the use of this configuration variable entirely.
6198 *
6199 * @par To completely disable logging:
6200 * @code
6201 * $wgMWLoggerDefaultSpi = [ 'class' => \MediaWiki\Logger\NullSpi::class ];
6202 * @endcode
6203 *
6204 * @since 1.25
6205 * @var array $wgMWLoggerDefaultSpi
6206 * @see MwLogger
6207 */
6208 $wgMWLoggerDefaultSpi = [
6209 'class' => \MediaWiki\Logger\LegacySpi::class,
6210 ];
6211
6212 /**
6213 * Display debug data at the bottom of the main content area.
6214 *
6215 * Useful for developers and technical users trying to working on a closed wiki.
6216 */
6217 $wgShowDebug = false;
6218
6219 /**
6220 * Prefix debug messages with relative timestamp. Very-poor man's profiler.
6221 * Since 1.19 also includes memory usage.
6222 */
6223 $wgDebugTimestamps = false;
6224
6225 /**
6226 * Print HTTP headers for every request in the debug information.
6227 */
6228 $wgDebugPrintHttpHeaders = true;
6229
6230 /**
6231 * Show the contents of $wgHooks in Special:Version
6232 */
6233 $wgSpecialVersionShowHooks = false;
6234
6235 /**
6236 * Whether to show "we're sorry, but there has been a database error" pages.
6237 * Displaying errors aids in debugging, but may display information useful
6238 * to an attacker.
6239 */
6240 $wgShowSQLErrors = false;
6241
6242 /**
6243 * If set to true, uncaught exceptions will print a complete stack trace
6244 * to output. This should only be used for debugging, as it may reveal
6245 * private information in function parameters due to PHP's backtrace
6246 * formatting.
6247 */
6248 $wgShowExceptionDetails = false;
6249
6250 /**
6251 * If true, show a backtrace for database errors
6252 *
6253 * @note This setting only applies when connection errors and query errors are
6254 * reported in the normal manner. $wgShowExceptionDetails applies in other cases,
6255 * including those in which an uncaught exception is thrown from within the
6256 * exception handler.
6257 */
6258 $wgShowDBErrorBacktrace = false;
6259
6260 /**
6261 * If true, send the exception backtrace to the error log
6262 */
6263 $wgLogExceptionBacktrace = true;
6264
6265 /**
6266 * If true, the MediaWiki error handler passes errors/warnings to the default error handler
6267 * after logging them. The setting is ignored when the track_errors php.ini flag is true.
6268 */
6269 $wgPropagateErrors = true;
6270
6271 /**
6272 * Expose backend server host names through the API and various HTML comments
6273 */
6274 $wgShowHostnames = false;
6275
6276 /**
6277 * Override server hostname detection with a hardcoded value.
6278 * Should be a string, default false.
6279 * @since 1.20
6280 */
6281 $wgOverrideHostname = false;
6282
6283 /**
6284 * If set to true MediaWiki will throw notices for some possible error
6285 * conditions and for deprecated functions.
6286 */
6287 $wgDevelopmentWarnings = false;
6288
6289 /**
6290 * Release limitation to wfDeprecated warnings, if set to a release number
6291 * development warnings will not be generated for deprecations added in releases
6292 * after the limit.
6293 */
6294 $wgDeprecationReleaseLimit = false;
6295
6296 /**
6297 * Profiler configuration.
6298 *
6299 * To use a profiler, set $wgProfiler in LocalSetings.php.
6300 * For backwards-compatibility, it is also allowed to set the variable from
6301 * a separate file called StartProfiler.php, which MediaWiki will include.
6302 *
6303 * Example:
6304 *
6305 * @code
6306 * $wgProfiler['class'] = ProfilerXhprof::class;
6307 * @endcode
6308 *
6309 * For output, set the 'output' key to an array of class names, one for each
6310 * output type you want the profiler to generate. For example:
6311 *
6312 * @code
6313 * $wgProfiler['output'] = [ ProfilerOutputText::class ];
6314 * @endcode
6315 *
6316 * The output classes available to you by default are ProfilerOutputDb,
6317 * ProfilerOutputDump, ProfilerOutputStats, ProfilerOutputText, and
6318 * ProfilerOutputUdp.
6319 *
6320 * ProfilerOutputStats outputs profiling data as StatsD metrics. It expects
6321 * that you have set the $wgStatsdServer configuration variable to the host (or
6322 * host:port) of your statsd server.
6323 *
6324 * ProfilerOutputText will output profiling data in the page body as a comment.
6325 * You can make the profiling data in HTML render as part of the page content
6326 * by setting the 'visible' configuration flag:
6327 *
6328 * @code
6329 * $wgProfiler['visible'] = true;
6330 * @endcode
6331 *
6332 * 'ProfilerOutputDb' expects a database table that can be created by applying
6333 * maintenance/archives/patch-profiling.sql to your database.
6334 *
6335 * 'ProfilerOutputDump' expects a $wgProfiler['outputDir'] telling it where to
6336 * write dump files. The files produced are compatible with the XHProf gui.
6337 * For a rudimentary sampling profiler:
6338 *
6339 * @code
6340 * $wgProfiler['class'] = 'ProfilerXhprof';
6341 * $wgProfiler['output'] = array( 'ProfilerOutputDb' );
6342 * $wgProfiler['sampling'] = 50; // one every 50 requests
6343 * @endcode
6344 *
6345 * When using the built-in `sampling` option, the `class` will changed to
6346 * ProfilerStub for non-sampled cases.
6347 *
6348 * For performance, the profiler is always disabled for CLI scripts as they
6349 * could be long running and the data would accumulate. Use the '--profiler'
6350 * parameter of maintenance scripts to override this.
6351 *
6352 * @since 1.17.0
6353 */
6354 $wgProfiler = [];
6355
6356 /**
6357 * Only record profiling info for pages that took longer than this
6358 * @deprecated since 1.25: set $wgProfiler['threshold'] instead.
6359 */
6360 $wgProfileLimit = 0.0;
6361
6362 /**
6363 * Don't put non-profiling info into log file
6364 *
6365 * @deprecated since 1.23, set the log file in
6366 * $wgDebugLogGroups['profileoutput'] instead.
6367 */
6368 $wgProfileOnly = false;
6369
6370 /**
6371 * Destination of statsd metrics.
6372 *
6373 * A host or host:port of a statsd server. Port defaults to 8125.
6374 *
6375 * If not set, statsd metrics will not be collected.
6376 *
6377 * @see wfLogProfilingData
6378 * @since 1.25
6379 */
6380 $wgStatsdServer = false;
6381
6382 /**
6383 * Prefix for metric names sent to $wgStatsdServer.
6384 *
6385 * @see MediaWikiServices::getStatsdDataFactory
6386 * @see BufferingStatsdDataFactory
6387 * @since 1.25
6388 */
6389 $wgStatsdMetricPrefix = 'MediaWiki';
6390
6391 /**
6392 * Sampling rate for statsd metrics as an associative array of patterns and rates.
6393 * Patterns are Unix shell patterns (e.g. 'MediaWiki.api.*').
6394 * Rates are sampling probabilities (e.g. 0.1 means 1 in 10 events are sampled).
6395 * @since 1.28
6396 */
6397 $wgStatsdSamplingRates = [
6398 'wanobjectcache:*' => 0.001
6399 ];
6400
6401 /**
6402 * InfoAction retrieves a list of transclusion links (both to and from).
6403 * This number puts a limit on that query in the case of highly transcluded
6404 * templates.
6405 */
6406 $wgPageInfoTransclusionLimit = 50;
6407
6408 /**
6409 * Set this to an integer to only do synchronous site_stats updates
6410 * one every *this many* updates. The other requests go into pending
6411 * delta values in $wgMemc. Make sure that $wgMemc is a global cache.
6412 * If set to -1, updates *only* go to $wgMemc (useful for daemons).
6413 */
6414 $wgSiteStatsAsyncFactor = false;
6415
6416 /**
6417 * Parser test suite files to be run by parserTests.php when no specific
6418 * filename is passed to it.
6419 *
6420 * Extensions using extension.json will have any *.txt file in a
6421 * tests/parser/ directory automatically run.
6422 *
6423 * Core tests can be added to ParserTestRunner::$coreTestFiles.
6424 *
6425 * Use full paths.
6426 *
6427 * @deprecated since 1.30
6428 */
6429 $wgParserTestFiles = [];
6430
6431 /**
6432 * Allow running of javascript test suites via [[Special:JavaScriptTest]] (such as QUnit).
6433 */
6434 $wgEnableJavaScriptTest = false;
6435
6436 /**
6437 * Overwrite the caching key prefix with custom value.
6438 * @since 1.19
6439 */
6440 $wgCachePrefix = false;
6441
6442 /**
6443 * Display the new debugging toolbar. This also enables profiling on database
6444 * queries and other useful output.
6445 * Will be ignored if $wgUseFileCache or $wgUseSquid is enabled.
6446 *
6447 * @since 1.19
6448 */
6449 $wgDebugToolbar = false;
6450
6451 /** @} */ # end of profiling, testing and debugging }
6452
6453 /************************************************************************//**
6454 * @name Search
6455 * @{
6456 */
6457
6458 /**
6459 * Set this to true to disable the full text search feature.
6460 */
6461 $wgDisableTextSearch = false;
6462
6463 /**
6464 * Set to true to have nicer highlighted text in search results,
6465 * by default off due to execution overhead
6466 */
6467 $wgAdvancedSearchHighlighting = false;
6468
6469 /**
6470 * Regexp to match word boundaries, defaults for non-CJK languages
6471 * should be empty for CJK since the words are not separate
6472 */
6473 $wgSearchHighlightBoundaries = '[\p{Z}\p{P}\p{C}]';
6474
6475 /**
6476 * Template for OpenSearch suggestions, defaults to API action=opensearch
6477 *
6478 * Sites with heavy load would typically have these point to a custom
6479 * PHP wrapper to avoid firing up mediawiki for every keystroke
6480 *
6481 * Placeholders: {searchTerms}
6482 *
6483 * @deprecated since 1.25 Use $wgOpenSearchTemplates['application/x-suggestions+json'] instead
6484 */
6485 $wgOpenSearchTemplate = false;
6486
6487 /**
6488 * Templates for OpenSearch suggestions, defaults to API action=opensearch
6489 *
6490 * Sites with heavy load would typically have these point to a custom
6491 * PHP wrapper to avoid firing up mediawiki for every keystroke
6492 *
6493 * Placeholders: {searchTerms}
6494 */
6495 $wgOpenSearchTemplates = [
6496 'application/x-suggestions+json' => false,
6497 'application/x-suggestions+xml' => false,
6498 ];
6499
6500 /**
6501 * Enable OpenSearch suggestions requested by MediaWiki. Set this to
6502 * false if you've disabled scripts that use api?action=opensearch and
6503 * want reduce load caused by cached scripts still pulling suggestions.
6504 * It will let the API fallback by responding with an empty array.
6505 */
6506 $wgEnableOpenSearchSuggest = true;
6507
6508 /**
6509 * Integer defining default number of entries to show on
6510 * OpenSearch call.
6511 */
6512 $wgOpenSearchDefaultLimit = 10;
6513
6514 /**
6515 * Minimum length of extract in <Description>. Actual extracts will last until the end of sentence.
6516 */
6517 $wgOpenSearchDescriptionLength = 100;
6518
6519 /**
6520 * Expiry time for search suggestion responses
6521 */
6522 $wgSearchSuggestCacheExpiry = 1200;
6523
6524 /**
6525 * If you've disabled search semi-permanently, this also disables updates to the
6526 * table. If you ever re-enable, be sure to rebuild the search table.
6527 */
6528 $wgDisableSearchUpdate = false;
6529
6530 /**
6531 * List of namespaces which are searched by default.
6532 *
6533 * @par Example:
6534 * @code
6535 * $wgNamespacesToBeSearchedDefault[NS_MAIN] = true;
6536 * $wgNamespacesToBeSearchedDefault[NS_PROJECT] = true;
6537 * @endcode
6538 */
6539 $wgNamespacesToBeSearchedDefault = [
6540 NS_MAIN => true,
6541 ];
6542
6543 /**
6544 * Disable the internal MySQL-based search, to allow it to be
6545 * implemented by an extension instead.
6546 */
6547 $wgDisableInternalSearch = false;
6548
6549 /**
6550 * Set this to a URL to forward search requests to some external location.
6551 * If the URL includes '$1', this will be replaced with the URL-encoded
6552 * search term.
6553 *
6554 * @par Example:
6555 * To forward to Google you'd have something like:
6556 * @code
6557 * $wgSearchForwardUrl =
6558 * 'https://www.google.com/search?q=$1' .
6559 * '&domains=https://example.com' .
6560 * '&sitesearch=https://example.com' .
6561 * '&ie=utf-8&oe=utf-8';
6562 * @endcode
6563 */
6564 $wgSearchForwardUrl = null;
6565
6566 /**
6567 * Search form behavior.
6568 * - true = use Go & Search buttons
6569 * - false = use Go button & Advanced search link
6570 */
6571 $wgUseTwoButtonsSearchForm = true;
6572
6573 /**
6574 * Array of namespaces to generate a Google sitemap for when the
6575 * maintenance/generateSitemap.php script is run, or false if one is to be
6576 * generated for all namespaces.
6577 */
6578 $wgSitemapNamespaces = false;
6579
6580 /**
6581 * Custom namespace priorities for sitemaps. Setting this will allow you to
6582 * set custom priorities to namespaces when sitemaps are generated using the
6583 * maintenance/generateSitemap.php script.
6584 *
6585 * This should be a map of namespace IDs to priority
6586 * @par Example:
6587 * @code
6588 * $wgSitemapNamespacesPriorities = [
6589 * NS_USER => '0.9',
6590 * NS_HELP => '0.0',
6591 * ];
6592 * @endcode
6593 */
6594 $wgSitemapNamespacesPriorities = false;
6595
6596 /**
6597 * If true, searches for IP addresses will be redirected to that IP's
6598 * contributions page. E.g. searching for "1.2.3.4" will redirect to
6599 * [[Special:Contributions/1.2.3.4]]
6600 */
6601 $wgEnableSearchContributorsByIP = true;
6602
6603 /** @} */ # end of search settings
6604
6605 /************************************************************************//**
6606 * @name Edit user interface
6607 * @{
6608 */
6609
6610 /**
6611 * Path to the GNU diff3 utility. If the file doesn't exist, edit conflicts will
6612 * fall back to the old behavior (no merging).
6613 */
6614 $wgDiff3 = '/usr/bin/diff3';
6615
6616 /**
6617 * Path to the GNU diff utility.
6618 */
6619 $wgDiff = '/usr/bin/diff';
6620
6621 /**
6622 * Which namespaces have special treatment where they should be preview-on-open
6623 * Internally only Category: pages apply, but using this extensions (e.g. Semantic MediaWiki)
6624 * can specify namespaces of pages they have special treatment for
6625 */
6626 $wgPreviewOnOpenNamespaces = [
6627 NS_CATEGORY => true
6628 ];
6629
6630 /**
6631 * Enable the UniversalEditButton for browsers that support it
6632 * (currently only Firefox with an extension)
6633 * See http://universaleditbutton.org for more background information
6634 */
6635 $wgUniversalEditButton = true;
6636
6637 /**
6638 * If user doesn't specify any edit summary when making a an edit, MediaWiki
6639 * will try to automatically create one. This feature can be disabled by set-
6640 * ting this variable false.
6641 */
6642 $wgUseAutomaticEditSummaries = true;
6643
6644 /** @} */ # end edit UI }
6645
6646 /************************************************************************//**
6647 * @name Maintenance
6648 * See also $wgSiteNotice
6649 * @{
6650 */
6651
6652 /**
6653 * @cond file_level_code
6654 * Set $wgCommandLineMode if it's not set already, to avoid notices
6655 */
6656 if ( !isset( $wgCommandLineMode ) ) {
6657 $wgCommandLineMode = false;
6658 }
6659 /** @endcond */
6660
6661 /**
6662 * For colorized maintenance script output, is your terminal background dark ?
6663 */
6664 $wgCommandLineDarkBg = false;
6665
6666 /**
6667 * Set this to a string to put the wiki into read-only mode. The text will be
6668 * used as an explanation to users.
6669 *
6670 * This prevents most write operations via the web interface. Cache updates may
6671 * still be possible. To prevent database writes completely, use the read_only
6672 * option in MySQL.
6673 */
6674 $wgReadOnly = null;
6675
6676 /**
6677 * Set this to true to put the wiki watchlists into read-only mode.
6678 * @var bool
6679 * @since 1.31
6680 */
6681 $wgReadOnlyWatchedItemStore = false;
6682
6683 /**
6684 * If this lock file exists (size > 0), the wiki will be forced into read-only mode.
6685 * Its contents will be shown to users as part of the read-only warning
6686 * message.
6687 *
6688 * Will default to "{$wgUploadDirectory}/lock_yBgMBwiR" in Setup.php
6689 */
6690 $wgReadOnlyFile = false;
6691
6692 /**
6693 * When you run the web-based upgrade utility, it will tell you what to set
6694 * this to in order to authorize the upgrade process. It will subsequently be
6695 * used as a password, to authorize further upgrades.
6696 *
6697 * For security, do not set this to a guessable string. Use the value supplied
6698 * by the install/upgrade process. To cause the upgrader to generate a new key,
6699 * delete the old key from LocalSettings.php.
6700 */
6701 $wgUpgradeKey = false;
6702
6703 /**
6704 * Fully specified path to git binary
6705 */
6706 $wgGitBin = '/usr/bin/git';
6707
6708 /**
6709 * Map GIT repository URLs to viewer URLs to provide links in Special:Version
6710 *
6711 * Key is a pattern passed to preg_match() and preg_replace(),
6712 * without the delimiters (which are #) and must match the whole URL.
6713 * The value is the replacement for the key (it can contain $1, etc.)
6714 * %h will be replaced by the short SHA-1 (7 first chars) and %H by the
6715 * full SHA-1 of the HEAD revision.
6716 * %r will be replaced with a URL-encoded version of $1.
6717 * %R will be replaced with $1 and no URL-encoding
6718 *
6719 * @since 1.20
6720 */
6721 $wgGitRepositoryViewers = [
6722 'https://(?:[a-z0-9_]+@)?gerrit.wikimedia.org/r/(?:p/)?(.*)' =>
6723 'https://gerrit.wikimedia.org/g/%R/+/%H',
6724 'ssh://(?:[a-z0-9_]+@)?gerrit.wikimedia.org:29418/(.*)' =>
6725 'https://gerrit.wikimedia.org/g/%R/+/%H',
6726 ];
6727
6728 /** @} */ # End of maintenance }
6729
6730 /************************************************************************//**
6731 * @name Recent changes, new pages, watchlist and history
6732 * @{
6733 */
6734
6735 /**
6736 * Recentchanges items are periodically purged; entries older than this many
6737 * seconds will go.
6738 * Default: 90 days = about three months
6739 */
6740 $wgRCMaxAge = 90 * 24 * 3600;
6741
6742 /**
6743 * Page watchers inactive for more than this many seconds are considered inactive.
6744 * Used mainly by action=info. Default: 180 days = about six months.
6745 * @since 1.26
6746 */
6747 $wgWatchersMaxAge = 180 * 24 * 3600;
6748
6749 /**
6750 * If active watchers (per above) are this number or less, do not disclose it.
6751 * Left to 1, prevents unprivileged users from knowing for sure that there are 0.
6752 * Set to -1 if you want to always complement watchers count with this info.
6753 * @since 1.26
6754 */
6755 $wgUnwatchedPageSecret = 1;
6756
6757 /**
6758 * Filter $wgRCLinkDays by $wgRCMaxAge to avoid showing links for numbers
6759 * higher than what will be stored. Note that this is disabled by default
6760 * because we sometimes do have RC data which is beyond the limit for some
6761 * reason, and some users may use the high numbers to display that data which
6762 * is still there.
6763 */
6764 $wgRCFilterByAge = false;
6765
6766 /**
6767 * List of Limits options to list in the Special:Recentchanges and
6768 * Special:Recentchangeslinked pages.
6769 */
6770 $wgRCLinkLimits = [ 50, 100, 250, 500 ];
6771
6772 /**
6773 * List of Days options to list in the Special:Recentchanges and
6774 * Special:Recentchangeslinked pages.
6775 */
6776 $wgRCLinkDays = [ 1, 3, 7, 14, 30 ];
6777
6778 /**
6779 * Configuration for feeds to which notifications about recent changes will be sent.
6780 *
6781 * The following feed classes are available by default:
6782 * - 'UDPRCFeedEngine' - sends recent changes over UDP to the specified server.
6783 * - 'RedisPubSubFeedEngine' - send recent changes to Redis.
6784 *
6785 * Only 'class' or 'uri' is required. If 'uri' is set instead of 'class', then
6786 * RecentChange::getEngine() is used to determine the class. All options are
6787 * passed to the constructor.
6788 *
6789 * Common options:
6790 * - 'class' -- The class to use for this feed (must implement RCFeed).
6791 * - 'omit_bots' -- Exclude bot edits from the feed. (default: false)
6792 * - 'omit_anon' -- Exclude anonymous edits from the feed. (default: false)
6793 * - 'omit_user' -- Exclude edits by registered users from the feed. (default: false)
6794 * - 'omit_minor' -- Exclude minor edits from the feed. (default: false)
6795 * - 'omit_patrolled' -- Exclude patrolled edits from the feed. (default: false)
6796 *
6797 * FormattedRCFeed-specific options:
6798 * - 'uri' -- [required] The address to which the messages are sent.
6799 * The uri scheme of this string will be looked up in $wgRCEngines
6800 * to determine which RCFeedEngine class to use.
6801 * - 'formatter' -- [required] The class (implementing RCFeedFormatter) which will
6802 * produce the text to send. This can also be an object of the class.
6803 * Formatters available by default: JSONRCFeedFormatter, XMLRCFeedFormatter,
6804 * IRCColourfulRCFeedFormatter.
6805 *
6806 * IRCColourfulRCFeedFormatter-specific options:
6807 * - 'add_interwiki_prefix' -- whether the titles should be prefixed with
6808 * the first entry in the $wgLocalInterwikis array (or the value of
6809 * $wgLocalInterwiki, if set)
6810 *
6811 * JSONRCFeedFormatter-specific options:
6812 * - 'channel' -- if set, the 'channel' parameter is also set in JSON values.
6813 *
6814 * @example $wgRCFeeds['example'] = [
6815 * 'uri' => 'udp://localhost:1336',
6816 * 'formatter' => 'JSONRCFeedFormatter',
6817 * 'add_interwiki_prefix' => false,
6818 * 'omit_bots' => true,
6819 * ];
6820 * @example $wgRCFeeds['example'] = [
6821 * 'uri' => 'udp://localhost:1338',
6822 * 'formatter' => 'IRCColourfulRCFeedFormatter',
6823 * 'add_interwiki_prefix' => false,
6824 * 'omit_bots' => true,
6825 * ];
6826 * @example $wgRCFeeds['example'] = [
6827 * 'class' => ExampleRCFeed::class,
6828 * ];
6829 * @since 1.22
6830 */
6831 $wgRCFeeds = [];
6832
6833 /**
6834 * Used by RecentChange::getEngine to find the correct engine for a given URI scheme.
6835 * Keys are scheme names, values are names of FormattedRCFeed sub classes.
6836 * @since 1.22
6837 */
6838 $wgRCEngines = [
6839 'redis' => RedisPubSubFeedEngine::class,
6840 'udp' => UDPRCFeedEngine::class,
6841 ];
6842
6843 /**
6844 * Treat category membership changes as a RecentChange.
6845 * Changes are mentioned in RC for page actions as follows:
6846 * - creation: pages created with categories are mentioned
6847 * - edit: category additions/removals to existing pages are mentioned
6848 * - move: nothing is mentioned (unless templates used depend on the title)
6849 * - deletion: nothing is mentioned
6850 * - undeletion: nothing is mentioned
6851 *
6852 * @since 1.27
6853 */
6854 $wgRCWatchCategoryMembership = false;
6855
6856 /**
6857 * Use RC Patrolling to check for vandalism (from recent changes and watchlists)
6858 * New pages and new files are included.
6859 *
6860 * @note If you disable all patrolling features, you probably also want to
6861 * remove 'patrol' from $wgFilterLogTypes so a show/hide link isn't shown on
6862 * Special:Log.
6863 */
6864 $wgUseRCPatrol = true;
6865
6866 /**
6867 * Whether a preference is displayed for structured change filters.
6868 * If false, no preference is displayed and structured change filters are disabled.
6869 * If true, structured change filters are *enabled* by default, and a preference is displayed
6870 * that lets users disable them.
6871 *
6872 * Temporary variable during development and will be removed.
6873 *
6874 * @since 1.30
6875 */
6876 $wgStructuredChangeFiltersShowPreference = false;
6877
6878 /**
6879 * Whether a preference is displayed for structured change filters on watchlist.
6880 * Works just like $wgStructuredChangeFiltersShowPreference.
6881 *
6882 * Temporary variable during development and will be removed
6883 * @since 1.32
6884 */
6885 $wgStructuredChangeFiltersShowWatchlistPreference = false;
6886
6887 /**
6888 * Whether to enable RCFilters app on Special:Watchlist
6889 *
6890 * Temporary variable during development and will be removed.
6891 */
6892 $wgStructuredChangeFiltersOnWatchlist = false;
6893
6894 /**
6895 * Polling rate, in seconds, used by the 'live update' and 'view newest' features
6896 * of the RCFilters app on SpecialRecentChanges and Special:Watchlist.
6897 * 0 to disable completely.
6898 */
6899 $wgStructuredChangeFiltersLiveUpdatePollingRate = 3;
6900
6901 /**
6902 * Use new page patrolling to check new pages on Special:Newpages
6903 *
6904 * @note If you disable all patrolling features, you probably also want to
6905 * remove 'patrol' from $wgFilterLogTypes so a show/hide link isn't shown on
6906 * Special:Log.
6907 */
6908 $wgUseNPPatrol = true;
6909
6910 /**
6911 * Use file patrolling to check new files on Special:Newfiles
6912 *
6913 * @note If you disable all patrolling features, you probably also want to
6914 * remove 'patrol' from $wgFilterLogTypes so a show/hide link isn't shown on
6915 * Special:Log.
6916 *
6917 * @since 1.27
6918 */
6919 $wgUseFilePatrol = true;
6920
6921 /**
6922 * Provide syndication feeds (RSS, Atom) for, e.g., Recentchanges, Newpages
6923 */
6924 $wgFeed = true;
6925
6926 /**
6927 * Set maximum number of results to return in syndication feeds (RSS, Atom) for
6928 * eg Recentchanges, Newpages.
6929 */
6930 $wgFeedLimit = 50;
6931
6932 /**
6933 * _Minimum_ timeout for cached Recentchanges feed, in seconds.
6934 * A cached version will continue to be served out even if changes
6935 * are made, until this many seconds runs out since the last render.
6936 *
6937 * If set to 0, feed caching is disabled. Use this for debugging only;
6938 * feed generation can be pretty slow with diffs.
6939 */
6940 $wgFeedCacheTimeout = 60;
6941
6942 /**
6943 * When generating Recentchanges RSS/Atom feed, diffs will not be generated for
6944 * pages larger than this size.
6945 */
6946 $wgFeedDiffCutoff = 32768;
6947
6948 /**
6949 * Override the site's default RSS/ATOM feed for recentchanges that appears on
6950 * every page. Some sites might have a different feed they'd like to promote
6951 * instead of the RC feed (maybe like a "Recent New Articles" or "Breaking news" one).
6952 * Should be a format as key (either 'rss' or 'atom') and an URL to the feed
6953 * as value.
6954 * @par Example:
6955 * Configure the 'atom' feed to https://example.com/somefeed.xml
6956 * @code
6957 * $wgSiteFeed['atom'] = "https://example.com/somefeed.xml";
6958 * @endcode
6959 */
6960 $wgOverrideSiteFeed = [];
6961
6962 /**
6963 * Available feeds objects.
6964 * Should probably only be defined when a page is syndicated ie when
6965 * $wgOut->isSyndicated() is true.
6966 */
6967 $wgFeedClasses = [
6968 'rss' => RSSFeed::class,
6969 'atom' => AtomFeed::class,
6970 ];
6971
6972 /**
6973 * Which feed types should we provide by default? This can include 'rss',
6974 * 'atom', neither, or both.
6975 */
6976 $wgAdvertisedFeedTypes = [ 'atom' ];
6977
6978 /**
6979 * Show watching users in recent changes, watchlist and page history views
6980 */
6981 $wgRCShowWatchingUsers = false; # UPO
6982
6983 /**
6984 * Show the amount of changed characters in recent changes
6985 */
6986 $wgRCShowChangedSize = true;
6987
6988 /**
6989 * If the difference between the character counts of the text
6990 * before and after the edit is below that value, the value will be
6991 * highlighted on the RC page.
6992 */
6993 $wgRCChangedSizeThreshold = 500;
6994
6995 /**
6996 * Show "Updated (since my last visit)" marker in RC view, watchlist and history
6997 * view for watched pages with new changes
6998 */
6999 $wgShowUpdatedMarker = true;
7000
7001 /**
7002 * Disable links to talk pages of anonymous users (IPs) in listings on special
7003 * pages like page history, Special:Recentchanges, etc.
7004 */
7005 $wgDisableAnonTalk = false;
7006
7007 /**
7008 * Allow filtering by change tag in recentchanges, history, etc
7009 * Has no effect if no tags are defined in valid_tag.
7010 */
7011 $wgUseTagFilter = true;
7012
7013 /**
7014 * List of core tags to enable. Available tags are:
7015 * - 'mw-contentmodelchange': Edit changes content model of a page
7016 * - 'mw-new-redirect': Edit makes new redirect page (new page or by changing content page)
7017 * - 'mw-removed-redirect': Edit changes an existing redirect into a non-redirect
7018 * - 'mw-changed-redirect-target': Edit changes redirect target
7019 * - 'mw-blank': Edit completely blanks the page
7020 * - 'mw-replace': Edit removes more than 90% of the content
7021 * - 'mw-rollback': Edit is a rollback, made through the rollback link or rollback API
7022 * - 'mw-undo': Edit made through an undo link
7023 *
7024 * @var array
7025 * @since 1.31
7026 */
7027 $wgSoftwareTags = [
7028 'mw-contentmodelchange' => true,
7029 'mw-new-redirect' => true,
7030 'mw-removed-redirect' => true,
7031 'mw-changed-redirect-target' => true,
7032 'mw-blank' => true,
7033 'mw-replace' => true,
7034 'mw-rollback' => true,
7035 'mw-undo' => true,
7036 ];
7037
7038 /**
7039 * If set to an integer, pages that are watched by this many users or more
7040 * will not require the unwatchedpages permission to view the number of
7041 * watchers.
7042 *
7043 * @since 1.21
7044 */
7045 $wgUnwatchedPageThreshold = false;
7046
7047 /**
7048 * Flags (letter symbols) shown in recent changes and watchlist to indicate
7049 * certain types of edits.
7050 *
7051 * To register a new one:
7052 * @code
7053 * $wgRecentChangesFlags['flag'] => [
7054 * // message for the letter displayed next to rows on changes lists
7055 * 'letter' => 'letter-msg',
7056 * // message for the tooltip of the letter
7057 * 'title' => 'tooltip-msg',
7058 * // optional (defaults to 'tooltip-msg'), message to use in the legend box
7059 * 'legend' => 'legend-msg',
7060 * // optional (defaults to 'flag'), CSS class to put on changes lists rows
7061 * 'class' => 'css-class',
7062 * // optional (defaults to 'any'), how top-level flag is determined. 'any'
7063 * // will set the top-level flag if any line contains the flag, 'all' will
7064 * // only be set if all lines contain the flag.
7065 * 'grouping' => 'any',
7066 * ];
7067 * @endcode
7068 *
7069 * @since 1.22
7070 */
7071 $wgRecentChangesFlags = [
7072 'newpage' => [
7073 'letter' => 'newpageletter',
7074 'title' => 'recentchanges-label-newpage',
7075 'legend' => 'recentchanges-legend-newpage',
7076 'grouping' => 'any',
7077 ],
7078 'minor' => [
7079 'letter' => 'minoreditletter',
7080 'title' => 'recentchanges-label-minor',
7081 'legend' => 'recentchanges-legend-minor',
7082 'class' => 'minoredit',
7083 'grouping' => 'all',
7084 ],
7085 'bot' => [
7086 'letter' => 'boteditletter',
7087 'title' => 'recentchanges-label-bot',
7088 'legend' => 'recentchanges-legend-bot',
7089 'class' => 'botedit',
7090 'grouping' => 'all',
7091 ],
7092 'unpatrolled' => [
7093 'letter' => 'unpatrolledletter',
7094 'title' => 'recentchanges-label-unpatrolled',
7095 'legend' => 'recentchanges-legend-unpatrolled',
7096 'grouping' => 'any',
7097 ],
7098 ];
7099
7100 /** @} */ # end RC/watchlist }
7101
7102 /************************************************************************//**
7103 * @name Copyright and credits settings
7104 * @{
7105 */
7106
7107 /**
7108 * Override for copyright metadata.
7109 *
7110 * This is the name of the page containing information about the wiki's copyright status,
7111 * which will be added as a link in the footer if it is specified. It overrides
7112 * $wgRightsUrl if both are specified.
7113 */
7114 $wgRightsPage = null;
7115
7116 /**
7117 * Set this to specify an external URL containing details about the content license used on your
7118 * wiki.
7119 * If $wgRightsPage is set then this setting is ignored.
7120 */
7121 $wgRightsUrl = null;
7122
7123 /**
7124 * If either $wgRightsUrl or $wgRightsPage is specified then this variable gives the text for the
7125 * link.
7126 * If using $wgRightsUrl then this value must be specified. If using $wgRightsPage then the name
7127 * of the page will also be used as the link if this variable is not set.
7128 */
7129 $wgRightsText = null;
7130
7131 /**
7132 * Override for copyright metadata.
7133 */
7134 $wgRightsIcon = null;
7135
7136 /**
7137 * Set this to true if you want detailed copyright information forms on Upload.
7138 */
7139 $wgUseCopyrightUpload = false;
7140
7141 /**
7142 * Set this to the number of authors that you want to be credited below an
7143 * article text. Set it to zero to hide the attribution block, and a negative
7144 * number (like -1) to show all authors. Note that this will require 2-3 extra
7145 * database hits, which can have a not insignificant impact on performance for
7146 * large wikis.
7147 */
7148 $wgMaxCredits = 0;
7149
7150 /**
7151 * If there are more than $wgMaxCredits authors, show $wgMaxCredits of them.
7152 * Otherwise, link to a separate credits page.
7153 */
7154 $wgShowCreditsIfMax = true;
7155
7156 /** @} */ # end of copyright and credits settings }
7157
7158 /************************************************************************//**
7159 * @name Import / Export
7160 * @{
7161 */
7162
7163 /**
7164 * List of interwiki prefixes for wikis we'll accept as sources for
7165 * Special:Import and API action=import. Since complete page history can be
7166 * imported, these should be 'trusted'.
7167 *
7168 * This can either be a regular array, or an associative map specifying
7169 * subprojects on the interwiki map of the target wiki, or a mix of the two,
7170 * e.g.
7171 * @code
7172 * $wgImportSources = [
7173 * 'wikipedia' => [ 'cs', 'en', 'fr', 'zh' ],
7174 * 'wikispecies',
7175 * 'wikia' => [ 'animanga', 'brickipedia', 'desserts' ],
7176 * ];
7177 * @endcode
7178 *
7179 * If you have a very complex import sources setup, you can lazy-load it using
7180 * the ImportSources hook.
7181 *
7182 * If a user has the 'import' permission but not the 'importupload' permission,
7183 * they will only be able to run imports through this transwiki interface.
7184 */
7185 $wgImportSources = [];
7186
7187 /**
7188 * Optional default target namespace for interwiki imports.
7189 * Can use this to create an incoming "transwiki"-style queue.
7190 * Set to numeric key, not the name.
7191 *
7192 * Users may override this in the Special:Import dialog.
7193 */
7194 $wgImportTargetNamespace = null;
7195
7196 /**
7197 * If set to false, disables the full-history option on Special:Export.
7198 * This is currently poorly optimized for long edit histories, so is
7199 * disabled on Wikimedia's sites.
7200 */
7201 $wgExportAllowHistory = true;
7202
7203 /**
7204 * If set nonzero, Special:Export requests for history of pages with
7205 * more revisions than this will be rejected. On some big sites things
7206 * could get bogged down by very very long pages.
7207 */
7208 $wgExportMaxHistory = 0;
7209
7210 /**
7211 * Return distinct author list (when not returning full history)
7212 */
7213 $wgExportAllowListContributors = false;
7214
7215 /**
7216 * If non-zero, Special:Export accepts a "pagelink-depth" parameter
7217 * up to this specified level, which will cause it to include all
7218 * pages linked to from the pages you specify. Since this number
7219 * can become *insanely large* and could easily break your wiki,
7220 * it's disabled by default for now.
7221 *
7222 * @warning There's a HARD CODED limit of 5 levels of recursion to prevent a
7223 * crazy-big export from being done by someone setting the depth number too
7224 * high. In other words, last resort safety net.
7225 */
7226 $wgExportMaxLinkDepth = 0;
7227
7228 /**
7229 * Whether to allow the "export all pages in namespace" option
7230 */
7231 $wgExportFromNamespaces = false;
7232
7233 /**
7234 * Whether to allow exporting the entire wiki into a single file
7235 */
7236 $wgExportAllowAll = false;
7237
7238 /**
7239 * Maximum number of pages returned by the GetPagesFromCategory and
7240 * GetPagesFromNamespace functions.
7241 *
7242 * @since 1.27
7243 */
7244 $wgExportPagelistLimit = 5000;
7245
7246 /** @} */ # end of import/export }
7247
7248 /*************************************************************************//**
7249 * @name Extensions
7250 * @{
7251 */
7252
7253 /**
7254 * A list of callback functions which are called once MediaWiki is fully
7255 * initialised
7256 */
7257 $wgExtensionFunctions = [];
7258
7259 /**
7260 * Extension messages files.
7261 *
7262 * Associative array mapping extension name to the filename where messages can be
7263 * found. The file should contain variable assignments. Any of the variables
7264 * present in languages/messages/MessagesEn.php may be defined, but $messages
7265 * is the most common.
7266 *
7267 * Variables defined in extensions will override conflicting variables defined
7268 * in the core.
7269 *
7270 * Since MediaWiki 1.23, use of this variable to define messages is discouraged; instead, store
7271 * messages in JSON format and use $wgMessagesDirs. For setting other variables than
7272 * $messages, $wgExtensionMessagesFiles should still be used. Use a DIFFERENT key because
7273 * any entry having a key that also exists in $wgMessagesDirs will be ignored.
7274 *
7275 * Extensions using the JSON message format can preserve backward compatibility with
7276 * earlier versions of MediaWiki by using a compatibility shim, such as one generated
7277 * by the generateJsonI18n.php maintenance script, listing it under the SAME key
7278 * as for the $wgMessagesDirs entry.
7279 *
7280 * @par Example:
7281 * @code
7282 * $wgExtensionMessagesFiles['ConfirmEdit'] = __DIR__.'/ConfirmEdit.i18n.php';
7283 * @endcode
7284 */
7285 $wgExtensionMessagesFiles = [];
7286
7287 /**
7288 * Extension messages directories.
7289 *
7290 * Associative array mapping extension name to the path of the directory where message files can
7291 * be found. The message files are expected to be JSON files named for their language code, e.g.
7292 * en.json, de.json, etc. Extensions with messages in multiple places may specify an array of
7293 * message directories.
7294 *
7295 * Message directories in core should be added to LocalisationCache::getMessagesDirs()
7296 *
7297 * @par Simple example:
7298 * @code
7299 * $wgMessagesDirs['Example'] = __DIR__ . '/i18n';
7300 * @endcode
7301 *
7302 * @par Complex example:
7303 * @code
7304 * $wgMessagesDirs['Example'] = [
7305 * __DIR__ . '/lib/ve/i18n',
7306 * __DIR__ . '/lib/oojs-ui/i18n',
7307 * __DIR__ . '/i18n',
7308 * ]
7309 * @endcode
7310 * @since 1.23
7311 */
7312 $wgMessagesDirs = [];
7313
7314 /**
7315 * Array of files with list(s) of extension entry points to be used in
7316 * maintenance/mergeMessageFileList.php
7317 * @since 1.22
7318 */
7319 $wgExtensionEntryPointListFiles = [];
7320
7321 /**
7322 * Parser output hooks.
7323 * This is an associative array where the key is an extension-defined tag
7324 * (typically the extension name), and the value is a PHP callback.
7325 * These will be called as an OutputPageParserOutput hook, if the relevant
7326 * tag has been registered with the parser output object.
7327 *
7328 * Registration is done with $pout->addOutputHook( $tag, $data ).
7329 *
7330 * The callback has the form:
7331 * @code
7332 * function outputHook( $outputPage, $parserOutput, $data ) { ... }
7333 * @endcode
7334 */
7335 $wgParserOutputHooks = [];
7336
7337 /**
7338 * Whether to include the NewPP limit report as a HTML comment
7339 */
7340 $wgEnableParserLimitReporting = true;
7341
7342 /**
7343 * List of valid skin names
7344 *
7345 * The key should be the name in all lower case, the value should be a properly
7346 * cased name for the skin. This value will be prefixed with "Skin" to create
7347 * the class name of the skin to load. Use Skin::getSkinNames() as an accessor
7348 * if you wish to have access to the full list.
7349 */
7350 $wgValidSkinNames = [];
7351
7352 /**
7353 * Special page list. This is an associative array mapping the (canonical) names of
7354 * special pages to either a class name to be instantiated, or a callback to use for
7355 * creating the special page object. In both cases, the result must be an instance of
7356 * SpecialPage.
7357 */
7358 $wgSpecialPages = [];
7359
7360 /**
7361 * Array mapping class names to filenames, for autoloading.
7362 */
7363 $wgAutoloadClasses = [];
7364
7365 /**
7366 * Switch controlling legacy case-insensitive classloading.
7367 * Do not disable if your wiki must support data created by PHP4, or by
7368 * MediaWiki 1.4 or earlier.
7369 */
7370 $wgAutoloadAttemptLowercase = true;
7371
7372 /**
7373 * An array of information about installed extensions keyed by their type.
7374 *
7375 * All but 'name', 'path' and 'author' can be omitted.
7376 *
7377 * @code
7378 * $wgExtensionCredits[$type][] = [
7379 * 'path' => __FILE__,
7380 * 'name' => 'Example extension',
7381 * 'namemsg' => 'exampleextension-name',
7382 * 'author' => [
7383 * 'Foo Barstein',
7384 * ],
7385 * 'version' => '1.9.0',
7386 * 'url' => 'https://example.org/example-extension/',
7387 * 'descriptionmsg' => 'exampleextension-desc',
7388 * 'license-name' => 'GPL-2.0-or-later',
7389 * ];
7390 * @endcode
7391 *
7392 * The extensions are listed on Special:Version. This page also looks for a file
7393 * named COPYING or LICENSE (optional .txt extension) and provides a link to
7394 * view said file. When the 'license-name' key is specified, this file is
7395 * interpreted as wikitext.
7396 *
7397 * - $type: One of 'specialpage', 'parserhook', 'variable', 'media', 'antispam',
7398 * 'skin', 'api', or 'other', or any additional types as specified through the
7399 * ExtensionTypes hook as used in SpecialVersion::getExtensionTypes().
7400 *
7401 * - name: Name of extension as an inline string instead of localizable message.
7402 * Do not omit this even if 'namemsg' is provided, as it is used to override
7403 * the path Special:Version uses to find extension's license info, and is
7404 * required for backwards-compatibility with MediaWiki 1.23 and older.
7405 *
7406 * - namemsg (since MW 1.24): A message key for a message containing the
7407 * extension's name, if the name is localizable. (For example, skin names
7408 * usually are.)
7409 *
7410 * - author: A string or an array of strings. Authors can be linked using
7411 * the regular wikitext link syntax. To have an internationalized version of
7412 * "and others" show, add an element "...". This element can also be linked,
7413 * for instance "[https://example ...]".
7414 *
7415 * - descriptionmsg: A message key or an an array with message key and parameters:
7416 * `'descriptionmsg' => 'exampleextension-desc',`
7417 *
7418 * - description: Description of extension as an inline string instead of
7419 * localizable message (omit in favour of 'descriptionmsg').
7420 *
7421 * - license-name: Short name of the license (used as label for the link), such
7422 * as "GPL-2.0-or-later" or "MIT" (https://spdx.org/licenses/ for a list of identifiers).
7423 */
7424 $wgExtensionCredits = [];
7425
7426 /**
7427 * Authentication plugin.
7428 * @var $wgAuth AuthPlugin
7429 * @deprecated since 1.27 use $wgAuthManagerConfig instead
7430 */
7431 $wgAuth = null;
7432
7433 /**
7434 * Global list of hooks.
7435 *
7436 * The key is one of the events made available by MediaWiki, you can find
7437 * a description for most of them in docs/hooks.txt. The array is used
7438 * internally by Hook:run().
7439 *
7440 * The value can be one of:
7441 *
7442 * - A function name:
7443 * @code
7444 * $wgHooks['event_name'][] = $function;
7445 * @endcode
7446 * - A function with some data:
7447 * @code
7448 * $wgHooks['event_name'][] = [ $function, $data ];
7449 * @endcode
7450 * - A an object method:
7451 * @code
7452 * $wgHooks['event_name'][] = [ $object, 'method' ];
7453 * @endcode
7454 * - A closure:
7455 * @code
7456 * $wgHooks['event_name'][] = function ( $hookParam ) {
7457 * // Handler code goes here.
7458 * };
7459 * @endcode
7460 *
7461 * @warning You should always append to an event array or you will end up
7462 * deleting a previous registered hook.
7463 *
7464 * @warning Hook handlers should be registered at file scope. Registering
7465 * handlers after file scope can lead to unexpected results due to caching.
7466 */
7467 $wgHooks = [];
7468
7469 /**
7470 * List of service wiring files to be loaded by the default instance of MediaWikiServices.
7471 * Each file listed here is expected to return an associative array mapping service names
7472 * to instantiator functions. Extensions may add wiring files to define their own services.
7473 * However, this cannot be used to replace existing services - use the MediaWikiServices
7474 * hook for that.
7475 *
7476 * @see MediaWikiServices
7477 * @see ServiceContainer::loadWiringFiles() for details on loading service instantiator functions.
7478 * @see docs/injection.txt for an overview of dependency injection in MediaWiki.
7479 */
7480 $wgServiceWiringFiles = [
7481 __DIR__ . '/ServiceWiring.php'
7482 ];
7483
7484 /**
7485 * Maps jobs to their handlers; extensions
7486 * can add to this to provide custom jobs.
7487 * A job handler should either be a class name to be instantiated,
7488 * or (since 1.30) a callback to use for creating the job object.
7489 */
7490 $wgJobClasses = [
7491 'refreshLinks' => RefreshLinksJob::class,
7492 'deleteLinks' => DeleteLinksJob::class,
7493 'htmlCacheUpdate' => HTMLCacheUpdateJob::class,
7494 'sendMail' => EmaillingJob::class,
7495 'enotifNotify' => EnotifNotifyJob::class,
7496 'fixDoubleRedirect' => DoubleRedirectJob::class,
7497 'AssembleUploadChunks' => AssembleUploadChunksJob::class,
7498 'PublishStashedFile' => PublishStashedFileJob::class,
7499 'ThumbnailRender' => ThumbnailRenderJob::class,
7500 'recentChangesUpdate' => RecentChangesUpdateJob::class,
7501 'refreshLinksPrioritized' => RefreshLinksJob::class,
7502 'refreshLinksDynamic' => RefreshLinksJob::class,
7503 'activityUpdateJob' => ActivityUpdateJob::class,
7504 'categoryMembershipChange' => CategoryMembershipChangeJob::class,
7505 'clearUserWatchlist' => ClearUserWatchlistJob::class,
7506 'cdnPurge' => CdnPurgeJob::class,
7507 'userGroupExpiry' => UserGroupExpiryJob::class,
7508 'clearWatchlistNotifications' => ClearWatchlistNotificationsJob::class,
7509 'enqueue' => EnqueueJob::class, // local queue for multi-DC setups
7510 'null' => NullJob::class,
7511 ];
7512
7513 /**
7514 * Jobs that must be explicitly requested, i.e. aren't run by job runners unless
7515 * special flags are set. The values here are keys of $wgJobClasses.
7516 *
7517 * These can be:
7518 * - Very long-running jobs.
7519 * - Jobs that you would never want to run as part of a page rendering request.
7520 * - Jobs that you want to run on specialized machines ( like transcoding, or a particular
7521 * machine on your cluster has 'outside' web access you could restrict uploadFromUrl )
7522 * These settings should be global to all wikis.
7523 */
7524 $wgJobTypesExcludedFromDefaultQueue = [ 'AssembleUploadChunks', 'PublishStashedFile' ];
7525
7526 /**
7527 * Map of job types to how many job "work items" should be run per second
7528 * on each job runner process. The meaning of "work items" varies per job,
7529 * but typically would be something like "pages to update". A single job
7530 * may have a variable number of work items, as is the case with batch jobs.
7531 * This is used by runJobs.php and not jobs run via $wgJobRunRate.
7532 * These settings should be global to all wikis.
7533 * @var float[]
7534 */
7535 $wgJobBackoffThrottling = [];
7536
7537 /**
7538 * Make job runners commit changes for replica DB-lag prone jobs one job at a time.
7539 * This is useful if there are many job workers that race on replica DB lag checks.
7540 * If set, jobs taking this many seconds of DB write time have serialized commits.
7541 *
7542 * Note that affected jobs may have worse lock contention. Also, if they affect
7543 * several DBs at once they may have a smaller chance of being atomic due to the
7544 * possibility of connection loss while queueing up to commit. Affected jobs may
7545 * also fail due to the commit lock acquisition timeout.
7546 *
7547 * @var float|bool
7548 * @since 1.26
7549 */
7550 $wgJobSerialCommitThreshold = false;
7551
7552 /**
7553 * Map of job types to configuration arrays.
7554 * This determines which queue class and storage system is used for each job type.
7555 * Job types that do not have explicit configuration will use the 'default' config.
7556 * These settings should be global to all wikis.
7557 */
7558 $wgJobTypeConf = [
7559 'default' => [ 'class' => JobQueueDB::class, 'order' => 'random', 'claimTTL' => 3600 ],
7560 ];
7561
7562 /**
7563 * Which aggregator to use for tracking which queues have jobs.
7564 * These settings should be global to all wikis.
7565 */
7566 $wgJobQueueAggregator = [
7567 'class' => JobQueueAggregatorNull::class
7568 ];
7569
7570 /**
7571 * Whether to include the number of jobs that are queued
7572 * for the API's maxlag parameter.
7573 * The total number of jobs will be divided by this to get an
7574 * estimated second of maxlag. Typically bots backoff at maxlag=5,
7575 * so setting this to the max number of jobs that should be in your
7576 * queue divided by 5 should have the effect of stopping bots once
7577 * that limit is hit.
7578 *
7579 * @since 1.29
7580 */
7581 $wgJobQueueIncludeInMaxLagFactor = false;
7582
7583 /**
7584 * Additional functions to be performed with updateSpecialPages.
7585 * Expensive Querypages are already updated.
7586 */
7587 $wgSpecialPageCacheUpdates = [
7588 'Statistics' => [ SiteStatsUpdate::class, 'cacheUpdate' ]
7589 ];
7590
7591 /**
7592 * Page property link table invalidation lists. When a page property
7593 * changes, this may require other link tables to be updated (eg
7594 * adding __HIDDENCAT__ means the hiddencat tracking category will
7595 * have been added, so the categorylinks table needs to be rebuilt).
7596 * This array can be added to by extensions.
7597 */
7598 $wgPagePropLinkInvalidations = [
7599 'hiddencat' => 'categorylinks',
7600 ];
7601
7602 /** @} */ # End extensions }
7603
7604 /*************************************************************************//**
7605 * @name Categories
7606 * @{
7607 */
7608
7609 /**
7610 * Use experimental, DMOZ-like category browser
7611 */
7612 $wgUseCategoryBrowser = false;
7613
7614 /**
7615 * On category pages, show thumbnail gallery for images belonging to that
7616 * category instead of listing them as articles.
7617 */
7618 $wgCategoryMagicGallery = true;
7619
7620 /**
7621 * Paging limit for categories
7622 */
7623 $wgCategoryPagingLimit = 200;
7624
7625 /**
7626 * Specify how category names should be sorted, when listed on a category page.
7627 * A sorting scheme is also known as a collation.
7628 *
7629 * Available values are:
7630 *
7631 * - uppercase: Converts the category name to upper case, and sorts by that.
7632 *
7633 * - identity: Does no conversion. Sorts by binary value of the string.
7634 *
7635 * - uca-default: Provides access to the Unicode Collation Algorithm with
7636 * the default element table. This is a compromise collation which sorts
7637 * all languages in a mediocre way. However, it is better than "uppercase".
7638 *
7639 * To use the uca-default collation, you must have PHP's intl extension
7640 * installed. See https://secure.php.net/manual/en/intl.setup.php . The details of the
7641 * resulting collation will depend on the version of ICU installed on the
7642 * server.
7643 *
7644 * After you change this, you must run maintenance/updateCollation.php to fix
7645 * the sort keys in the database.
7646 *
7647 * Extensions can define there own collations by subclassing Collation
7648 * and using the Collation::factory hook.
7649 */
7650 $wgCategoryCollation = 'uppercase';
7651
7652 /** @} */ # End categories }
7653
7654 /*************************************************************************//**
7655 * @name Logging
7656 * @{
7657 */
7658
7659 /**
7660 * The logging system has two levels: an event type, which describes the
7661 * general category and can be viewed as a named subset of all logs; and
7662 * an action, which is a specific kind of event that can exist in that
7663 * log type.
7664 */
7665 $wgLogTypes = [
7666 '',
7667 'block',
7668 'protect',
7669 'rights',
7670 'delete',
7671 'upload',
7672 'move',
7673 'import',
7674 'patrol',
7675 'merge',
7676 'suppress',
7677 'tag',
7678 'managetags',
7679 'contentmodel',
7680 ];
7681
7682 /**
7683 * This restricts log access to those who have a certain right
7684 * Users without this will not see it in the option menu and can not view it
7685 * Restricted logs are not added to recent changes
7686 * Logs should remain non-transcludable
7687 * Format: logtype => permissiontype
7688 */
7689 $wgLogRestrictions = [
7690 'suppress' => 'suppressionlog'
7691 ];
7692
7693 /**
7694 * Show/hide links on Special:Log will be shown for these log types.
7695 *
7696 * This is associative array of log type => boolean "hide by default"
7697 *
7698 * See $wgLogTypes for a list of available log types.
7699 *
7700 * @par Example:
7701 * @code
7702 * $wgFilterLogTypes = [ 'move' => true, 'import' => false ];
7703 * @endcode
7704 *
7705 * Will display show/hide links for the move and import logs. Move logs will be
7706 * hidden by default unless the link is clicked. Import logs will be shown by
7707 * default, and hidden when the link is clicked.
7708 *
7709 * A message of the form log-show-hide-[type] should be added, and will be used
7710 * for the link text.
7711 */
7712 $wgFilterLogTypes = [
7713 'patrol' => true,
7714 'tag' => true,
7715 ];
7716
7717 /**
7718 * Lists the message key string for each log type. The localized messages
7719 * will be listed in the user interface.
7720 *
7721 * Extensions with custom log types may add to this array.
7722 *
7723 * @since 1.19, if you follow the naming convention log-name-TYPE,
7724 * where TYPE is your log type, yoy don't need to use this array.
7725 */
7726 $wgLogNames = [
7727 '' => 'all-logs-page',
7728 'block' => 'blocklogpage',
7729 'protect' => 'protectlogpage',
7730 'rights' => 'rightslog',
7731 'delete' => 'dellogpage',
7732 'upload' => 'uploadlogpage',
7733 'move' => 'movelogpage',
7734 'import' => 'importlogpage',
7735 'patrol' => 'patrol-log-page',
7736 'merge' => 'mergelog',
7737 'suppress' => 'suppressionlog',
7738 ];
7739
7740 /**
7741 * Lists the message key string for descriptive text to be shown at the
7742 * top of each log type.
7743 *
7744 * Extensions with custom log types may add to this array.
7745 *
7746 * @since 1.19, if you follow the naming convention log-description-TYPE,
7747 * where TYPE is your log type, yoy don't need to use this array.
7748 */
7749 $wgLogHeaders = [
7750 '' => 'alllogstext',
7751 'block' => 'blocklogtext',
7752 'delete' => 'dellogpagetext',
7753 'import' => 'importlogpagetext',
7754 'merge' => 'mergelogpagetext',
7755 'move' => 'movelogpagetext',
7756 'patrol' => 'patrol-log-header',
7757 'protect' => 'protectlogtext',
7758 'rights' => 'rightslogtext',
7759 'suppress' => 'suppressionlogtext',
7760 'upload' => 'uploadlogpagetext',
7761 ];
7762
7763 /**
7764 * Lists the message key string for formatting individual events of each
7765 * type and action when listed in the logs.
7766 *
7767 * Extensions with custom log types may add to this array.
7768 */
7769 $wgLogActions = [];
7770
7771 /**
7772 * The same as above, but here values are names of classes,
7773 * not messages.
7774 * @see LogPage::actionText
7775 * @see LogFormatter
7776 */
7777 $wgLogActionsHandlers = [
7778 'block/block' => BlockLogFormatter::class,
7779 'block/reblock' => BlockLogFormatter::class,
7780 'block/unblock' => BlockLogFormatter::class,
7781 'contentmodel/change' => ContentModelLogFormatter::class,
7782 'contentmodel/new' => ContentModelLogFormatter::class,
7783 'delete/delete' => DeleteLogFormatter::class,
7784 'delete/delete_redir' => DeleteLogFormatter::class,
7785 'delete/event' => DeleteLogFormatter::class,
7786 'delete/restore' => DeleteLogFormatter::class,
7787 'delete/revision' => DeleteLogFormatter::class,
7788 'import/interwiki' => ImportLogFormatter::class,
7789 'import/upload' => ImportLogFormatter::class,
7790 'managetags/activate' => LogFormatter::class,
7791 'managetags/create' => LogFormatter::class,
7792 'managetags/deactivate' => LogFormatter::class,
7793 'managetags/delete' => LogFormatter::class,
7794 'merge/merge' => MergeLogFormatter::class,
7795 'move/move' => MoveLogFormatter::class,
7796 'move/move_redir' => MoveLogFormatter::class,
7797 'patrol/patrol' => PatrolLogFormatter::class,
7798 'patrol/autopatrol' => PatrolLogFormatter::class,
7799 'protect/modify' => ProtectLogFormatter::class,
7800 'protect/move_prot' => ProtectLogFormatter::class,
7801 'protect/protect' => ProtectLogFormatter::class,
7802 'protect/unprotect' => ProtectLogFormatter::class,
7803 'rights/autopromote' => RightsLogFormatter::class,
7804 'rights/rights' => RightsLogFormatter::class,
7805 'suppress/block' => BlockLogFormatter::class,
7806 'suppress/delete' => DeleteLogFormatter::class,
7807 'suppress/event' => DeleteLogFormatter::class,
7808 'suppress/reblock' => BlockLogFormatter::class,
7809 'suppress/revision' => DeleteLogFormatter::class,
7810 'tag/update' => TagLogFormatter::class,
7811 'upload/overwrite' => UploadLogFormatter::class,
7812 'upload/revert' => UploadLogFormatter::class,
7813 'upload/upload' => UploadLogFormatter::class,
7814 ];
7815
7816 /**
7817 * List of log types that can be filtered by action types
7818 *
7819 * To each action is associated the list of log_action
7820 * subtypes to search for, usually one, but not necessarily so
7821 * Extensions may append to this array
7822 * @since 1.27
7823 */
7824 $wgActionFilteredLogs = [
7825 'block' => [
7826 'block' => [ 'block' ],
7827 'reblock' => [ 'reblock' ],
7828 'unblock' => [ 'unblock' ],
7829 ],
7830 'contentmodel' => [
7831 'change' => [ 'change' ],
7832 'new' => [ 'new' ],
7833 ],
7834 'delete' => [
7835 'delete' => [ 'delete' ],
7836 'delete_redir' => [ 'delete_redir' ],
7837 'restore' => [ 'restore' ],
7838 'event' => [ 'event' ],
7839 'revision' => [ 'revision' ],
7840 ],
7841 'import' => [
7842 'interwiki' => [ 'interwiki' ],
7843 'upload' => [ 'upload' ],
7844 ],
7845 'managetags' => [
7846 'create' => [ 'create' ],
7847 'delete' => [ 'delete' ],
7848 'activate' => [ 'activate' ],
7849 'deactivate' => [ 'deactivate' ],
7850 ],
7851 'move' => [
7852 'move' => [ 'move' ],
7853 'move_redir' => [ 'move_redir' ],
7854 ],
7855 'newusers' => [
7856 'create' => [ 'create', 'newusers' ],
7857 'create2' => [ 'create2' ],
7858 'autocreate' => [ 'autocreate' ],
7859 'byemail' => [ 'byemail' ],
7860 ],
7861 'protect' => [
7862 'protect' => [ 'protect' ],
7863 'modify' => [ 'modify' ],
7864 'unprotect' => [ 'unprotect' ],
7865 'move_prot' => [ 'move_prot' ],
7866 ],
7867 'rights' => [
7868 'rights' => [ 'rights' ],
7869 'autopromote' => [ 'autopromote' ],
7870 ],
7871 'suppress' => [
7872 'event' => [ 'event' ],
7873 'revision' => [ 'revision' ],
7874 'delete' => [ 'delete' ],
7875 'block' => [ 'block' ],
7876 'reblock' => [ 'reblock' ],
7877 ],
7878 'upload' => [
7879 'upload' => [ 'upload' ],
7880 'overwrite' => [ 'overwrite' ],
7881 ],
7882 ];
7883
7884 /**
7885 * Maintain a log of newusers at Special:Log/newusers?
7886 */
7887 $wgNewUserLog = true;
7888
7889 /**
7890 * Maintain a log of page creations at Special:Log/create?
7891 * @since 1.32
7892 */
7893 $wgPageCreationLog = false;
7894
7895 /** @} */ # end logging }
7896
7897 /*************************************************************************//**
7898 * @name Special pages (general and miscellaneous)
7899 * @{
7900 */
7901
7902 /**
7903 * Allow special page inclusions such as {{Special:Allpages}}
7904 */
7905 $wgAllowSpecialInclusion = true;
7906
7907 /**
7908 * Set this to an array of special page names to prevent
7909 * maintenance/updateSpecialPages.php from updating those pages.
7910 */
7911 $wgDisableQueryPageUpdate = false;
7912
7913 /**
7914 * On Special:Unusedimages, consider images "used", if they are put
7915 * into a category. Default (false) is not to count those as used.
7916 */
7917 $wgCountCategorizedImagesAsUsed = false;
7918
7919 /**
7920 * Maximum number of links to a redirect page listed on
7921 * Special:Whatlinkshere/RedirectDestination
7922 */
7923 $wgMaxRedirectLinksRetrieved = 500;
7924
7925 /** @} */ # end special pages }
7926
7927 /*************************************************************************//**
7928 * @name Actions
7929 * @{
7930 */
7931
7932 /**
7933 * Array of allowed values for the "title=foo&action=<action>" parameter. Syntax is:
7934 * 'foo' => 'ClassName' Load the specified class which subclasses Action
7935 * 'foo' => true Load the class FooAction which subclasses Action
7936 * If something is specified in the getActionOverrides()
7937 * of the relevant Page object it will be used
7938 * instead of the default class.
7939 * 'foo' => false The action is disabled; show an error message
7940 * Unsetting core actions will probably cause things to complain loudly.
7941 */
7942 $wgActions = [
7943 'credits' => true,
7944 'delete' => true,
7945 'edit' => true,
7946 'editchangetags' => SpecialPageAction::class,
7947 'history' => true,
7948 'info' => true,
7949 'markpatrolled' => true,
7950 'protect' => true,
7951 'purge' => true,
7952 'raw' => true,
7953 'render' => true,
7954 'revert' => true,
7955 'revisiondelete' => SpecialPageAction::class,
7956 'rollback' => true,
7957 'submit' => true,
7958 'unprotect' => true,
7959 'unwatch' => true,
7960 'view' => true,
7961 'watch' => true,
7962 ];
7963
7964 /** @} */ # end actions }
7965
7966 /*************************************************************************//**
7967 * @name Robot (search engine crawler) policy
7968 * See also $wgNoFollowLinks.
7969 * @{
7970 */
7971
7972 /**
7973 * Default robot policy. The default policy is to encourage indexing and fol-
7974 * lowing of links. It may be overridden on a per-namespace and/or per-page
7975 * basis.
7976 */
7977 $wgDefaultRobotPolicy = 'index,follow';
7978
7979 /**
7980 * Robot policies per namespaces. The default policy is given above, the array
7981 * is made of namespace constants as defined in includes/Defines.php. You can-
7982 * not specify a different default policy for NS_SPECIAL: it is always noindex,
7983 * nofollow. This is because a number of special pages (e.g., ListPages) have
7984 * many permutations of options that display the same data under redundant
7985 * URLs, so search engine spiders risk getting lost in a maze of twisty special
7986 * pages, all alike, and never reaching your actual content.
7987 *
7988 * @par Example:
7989 * @code
7990 * $wgNamespaceRobotPolicies = [ NS_TALK => 'noindex' ];
7991 * @endcode
7992 */
7993 $wgNamespaceRobotPolicies = [];
7994
7995 /**
7996 * Robot policies per article. These override the per-namespace robot policies.
7997 * Must be in the form of an array where the key part is a properly canonicalised
7998 * text form title and the value is a robot policy.
7999 *
8000 * @par Example:
8001 * @code
8002 * $wgArticleRobotPolicies = [
8003 * 'Main Page' => 'noindex,follow',
8004 * 'User:Bob' => 'index,follow',
8005 * ];
8006 * @endcode
8007 *
8008 * @par Example that DOES NOT WORK because the names are not canonical text
8009 * forms:
8010 * @code
8011 * $wgArticleRobotPolicies = [
8012 * # Underscore, not space!
8013 * 'Main_Page' => 'noindex,follow',
8014 * # "Project", not the actual project name!
8015 * 'Project:X' => 'index,follow',
8016 * # Needs to be "Abc", not "abc" (unless $wgCapitalLinks is false for that namespace)!
8017 * 'abc' => 'noindex,nofollow'
8018 * ];
8019 * @endcode
8020 */
8021 $wgArticleRobotPolicies = [];
8022
8023 /**
8024 * An array of namespace keys in which the __INDEX__/__NOINDEX__ magic words
8025 * will not function, so users can't decide whether pages in that namespace are
8026 * indexed by search engines. If set to null, default to $wgContentNamespaces.
8027 *
8028 * @par Example:
8029 * @code
8030 * $wgExemptFromUserRobotsControl = [ NS_MAIN, NS_TALK, NS_PROJECT ];
8031 * @endcode
8032 */
8033 $wgExemptFromUserRobotsControl = null;
8034
8035 /** @} */ # End robot policy }
8036
8037 /************************************************************************//**
8038 * @name AJAX and API
8039 * Note: The AJAX entry point which this section refers to is gradually being
8040 * replaced by the API entry point, api.php. They are essentially equivalent.
8041 * Both of them are used for dynamic client-side features, via XHR.
8042 * @{
8043 */
8044
8045 /**
8046 *
8047 * WARNING: SECURITY THREAT - debug use only
8048 *
8049 * Disables many security checks in the API for debugging purposes.
8050 * This flag should never be used on the production servers, as it introduces
8051 * a number of potential security holes. Even when enabled, the validation
8052 * will still be performed, but instead of failing, API will return a warning.
8053 * Also, there will always be a warning notifying that this flag is set.
8054 * At this point, the flag allows GET requests to go through for modules
8055 * requiring POST.
8056 *
8057 * @since 1.21
8058 */
8059 $wgDebugAPI = false;
8060
8061 /**
8062 * API module extensions.
8063 *
8064 * Associative array mapping module name to modules specs;
8065 * Each module spec is an associative array containing at least
8066 * the 'class' key for the module's class, and optionally a
8067 * 'factory' key for the factory function to use for the module.
8068 *
8069 * That factory function will be called with two parameters,
8070 * the parent module (an instance of ApiBase, usually ApiMain)
8071 * and the name the module was registered under. The return
8072 * value must be an instance of the class given in the 'class'
8073 * field.
8074 *
8075 * For backward compatibility, the module spec may also be a
8076 * simple string containing the module's class name. In that
8077 * case, the class' constructor will be called with the parent
8078 * module and module name as parameters, as described above.
8079 *
8080 * Examples for registering API modules:
8081 *
8082 * @code
8083 * $wgAPIModules['foo'] = 'ApiFoo';
8084 * $wgAPIModules['bar'] = [
8085 * 'class' => ApiBar::class,
8086 * 'factory' => function( $main, $name ) { ... }
8087 * ];
8088 * $wgAPIModules['xyzzy'] = [
8089 * 'class' => ApiXyzzy::class,
8090 * 'factory' => [ XyzzyFactory::class, 'newApiModule' ]
8091 * ];
8092 * @endcode
8093 *
8094 * Extension modules may override the core modules.
8095 * See ApiMain::$Modules for a list of the core modules.
8096 */
8097 $wgAPIModules = [];
8098
8099 /**
8100 * API format module extensions.
8101 * Associative array mapping format module name to module specs (see $wgAPIModules).
8102 * Extension modules may override the core modules.
8103 *
8104 * See ApiMain::$Formats for a list of the core format modules.
8105 */
8106 $wgAPIFormatModules = [];
8107
8108 /**
8109 * API Query meta module extensions.
8110 * Associative array mapping meta module name to module specs (see $wgAPIModules).
8111 * Extension modules may override the core modules.
8112 *
8113 * See ApiQuery::$QueryMetaModules for a list of the core meta modules.
8114 */
8115 $wgAPIMetaModules = [];
8116
8117 /**
8118 * API Query prop module extensions.
8119 * Associative array mapping prop module name to module specs (see $wgAPIModules).
8120 * Extension modules may override the core modules.
8121 *
8122 * See ApiQuery::$QueryPropModules for a list of the core prop modules.
8123 */
8124 $wgAPIPropModules = [];
8125
8126 /**
8127 * API Query list module extensions.
8128 * Associative array mapping list module name to module specs (see $wgAPIModules).
8129 * Extension modules may override the core modules.
8130 *
8131 * See ApiQuery::$QueryListModules for a list of the core list modules.
8132 */
8133 $wgAPIListModules = [];
8134
8135 /**
8136 * Maximum amount of rows to scan in a DB query in the API
8137 * The default value is generally fine
8138 */
8139 $wgAPIMaxDBRows = 5000;
8140
8141 /**
8142 * The maximum size (in bytes) of an API result.
8143 * @warning Do not set this lower than $wgMaxArticleSize*1024
8144 */
8145 $wgAPIMaxResultSize = 8388608;
8146
8147 /**
8148 * The maximum number of uncached diffs that can be retrieved in one API
8149 * request. Set this to 0 to disable API diffs altogether
8150 */
8151 $wgAPIMaxUncachedDiffs = 1;
8152
8153 /**
8154 * Maximum amount of DB lag on a majority of DB replica DBs to tolerate
8155 * before forcing bots to retry any write requests via API errors.
8156 * This should be lower than the 'max lag' value in $wgLBFactoryConf.
8157 */
8158 $wgAPIMaxLagThreshold = 7;
8159
8160 /**
8161 * Log file or URL (TCP or UDP) to log API requests to, or false to disable
8162 * API request logging
8163 */
8164 $wgAPIRequestLog = false;
8165
8166 /**
8167 * Set the timeout for the API help text cache. If set to 0, caching disabled
8168 */
8169 $wgAPICacheHelpTimeout = 60 * 60;
8170
8171 /**
8172 * The ApiQueryQueryPages module should skip pages that are redundant to true
8173 * API queries.
8174 */
8175 $wgAPIUselessQueryPages = [
8176 'MIMEsearch', // aiprop=mime
8177 'LinkSearch', // list=exturlusage
8178 'FileDuplicateSearch', // prop=duplicatefiles
8179 ];
8180
8181 /**
8182 * Enable AJAX framework
8183 *
8184 * @deprecated (officially) since MediaWiki 1.31 and ignored since 1.32
8185 */
8186 $wgUseAjax = true;
8187
8188 /**
8189 * List of Ajax-callable functions.
8190 * Extensions acting as Ajax callbacks must register here
8191 * @deprecated (officially) since 1.27; use the API instead
8192 */
8193 $wgAjaxExportList = [];
8194
8195 /**
8196 * Enable AJAX check for file overwrite, pre-upload
8197 */
8198 $wgAjaxUploadDestCheck = true;
8199
8200 /**
8201 * Enable previewing licences via AJAX.
8202 */
8203 $wgAjaxLicensePreview = true;
8204
8205 /**
8206 * Have clients send edits to be prepared when filling in edit summaries.
8207 * This gives the server a head start on the expensive parsing operation.
8208 */
8209 $wgAjaxEditStash = true;
8210
8211 /**
8212 * Settings for incoming cross-site AJAX requests:
8213 * Newer browsers support cross-site AJAX when the target resource allows requests
8214 * from the origin domain by the Access-Control-Allow-Origin header.
8215 * This is currently only used by the API (requests to api.php)
8216 * $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomains can be set using a wildcard syntax:
8217 *
8218 * - '*' matches any number of characters
8219 * - '?' matches any 1 character
8220 *
8221 * @par Example:
8222 * @code
8223 * $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomains = [
8224 * 'www.mediawiki.org',
8225 * '*.wikipedia.org',
8226 * '*.wikimedia.org',
8227 * '*.wiktionary.org',
8228 * ];
8229 * @endcode
8230 */
8231 $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomains = [];
8232
8233 /**
8234 * Domains that should not be allowed to make AJAX requests,
8235 * even if they match one of the domains allowed by $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomains
8236 * Uses the same syntax as $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomains
8237 */
8238 $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomainExceptions = [];
8239
8240 /** @} */ # End AJAX and API }
8241
8242 /************************************************************************//**
8243 * @name Shell and process control
8244 * @{
8245 */
8246
8247 /**
8248 * Maximum amount of virtual memory available to shell processes under linux, in KB.
8249 */
8250 $wgMaxShellMemory = 307200;
8251
8252 /**
8253 * Maximum file size created by shell processes under linux, in KB
8254 * ImageMagick convert for example can be fairly hungry for scratch space
8255 */
8256 $wgMaxShellFileSize = 102400;
8257
8258 /**
8259 * Maximum CPU time in seconds for shell processes under Linux
8260 */
8261 $wgMaxShellTime = 180;
8262
8263 /**
8264 * Maximum wall clock time (i.e. real time, of the kind the clock on the wall
8265 * would measure) in seconds for shell processes under Linux
8266 */
8267 $wgMaxShellWallClockTime = 180;
8268
8269 /**
8270 * Under Linux: a cgroup directory used to constrain memory usage of shell
8271 * commands. The directory must be writable by the user which runs MediaWiki.
8272 *
8273 * If specified, this is used instead of ulimit, which is inaccurate, and
8274 * causes malloc() to return NULL, which exposes bugs in C applications, making
8275 * them segfault or deadlock.
8276 *
8277 * A wrapper script will create a cgroup for each shell command that runs, as
8278 * a subgroup of the specified cgroup. If the memory limit is exceeded, the
8279 * kernel will send a SIGKILL signal to a process in the subgroup.
8280 *
8281 * @par Example:
8282 * @code
8283 * mkdir -p /sys/fs/cgroup/memory/mediawiki
8284 * mkdir -m 0777 /sys/fs/cgroup/memory/mediawiki/job
8285 * echo '$wgShellCgroup = "/sys/fs/cgroup/memory/mediawiki/job";' >> LocalSettings.php
8286 * @endcode
8287 *
8288 * The reliability of cgroup cleanup can be improved by installing a
8289 * notify_on_release script in the root cgroup, see e.g.
8290 * https://gerrit.wikimedia.org/r/#/c/40784
8291 */
8292 $wgShellCgroup = false;
8293
8294 /**
8295 * Executable path of the PHP cli binary. Should be set up on install.
8296 */
8297 $wgPhpCli = '/usr/bin/php';
8298
8299 /**
8300 * Locale for LC_ALL, to provide a known environment for locale-sensitive operations
8301 *
8302 * For Unix-like operating systems, this should be set to C.UTF-8 or an
8303 * equivalent to provide the most consistent behavior for locale-sensitive
8304 * C library operations across different-language wikis. If that locale is not
8305 * available, use another locale that has a UTF-8 character set.
8306 *
8307 * This setting mainly affects the behavior of C library functions, including:
8308 * - String collation (order when sorting using locale-sensitive comparison)
8309 * - For example, whether "Å" and "A" are considered to be the same letter or
8310 * different letters and if different whether it comes after "A" or after
8311 * "Z", and whether sorting is case sensitive.
8312 * - String character set (how characters beyond basic ASCII are represented)
8313 * - We need this to be a UTF-8 character set to work around
8314 * https://bugs.php.net/bug.php?id=45132
8315 * - Language used for low-level error messages.
8316 * - Formatting of date/time and numeric values (e.g. '.' versus ',' as the
8317 * decimal separator)
8318 *
8319 * MediaWiki provides its own methods and classes to perform many
8320 * locale-sensitive operations, which are designed to be able to vary locale
8321 * based on wiki language or user preference:
8322 * - MediaWiki's Collation class should generally be used instead of the C
8323 * library collation functions when locale-sensitive sorting is needed.
8324 * - MediaWiki's Message class should be used for localization of messages
8325 * displayed to the user.
8326 * - MediaWiki's Language class should be used for formatting numeric and
8327 * date/time values.
8328 *
8329 * @note If multiple wikis are being served from the same process (e.g. the
8330 * same fastCGI or Apache server), this setting must be the same on all those
8331 * wikis.
8332 */
8333 $wgShellLocale = 'C.UTF-8';
8334
8335 /**
8336 * Method to use to restrict shell commands
8337 *
8338 * Supported options:
8339 * - 'autodetect': Autodetect if any restriction methods are available
8340 * - 'firejail': Use firejail <https://firejail.wordpress.com/>
8341 * - false: Don't use any restrictions
8342 *
8343 * @note If using firejail with MediaWiki running in a home directory different
8344 * from the webserver user, firejail 0.9.44+ is required.
8345 *
8346 * @since 1.31
8347 * @var string|bool
8348 */
8349 $wgShellRestrictionMethod = false;
8350
8351 /** @} */ # End shell }
8352
8353 /************************************************************************//**
8354 * @name HTTP client
8355 * @{
8356 */
8357
8358 /**
8359 * Timeout for HTTP requests done internally, in seconds.
8360 * @var int
8361 */
8362 $wgHTTPTimeout = 25;
8363
8364 /**
8365 * Timeout for HTTP requests done internally for transwiki imports, in seconds.
8366 * @since 1.29
8367 */
8368 $wgHTTPImportTimeout = 25;
8369
8370 /**
8371 * Timeout for Asynchronous (background) HTTP requests, in seconds.
8372 */
8373 $wgAsyncHTTPTimeout = 25;
8374
8375 /**
8376 * Proxy to use for CURL requests.
8377 */
8378 $wgHTTPProxy = false;
8379
8380 /**
8381 * Local virtual hosts.
8382 *
8383 * This lists domains that are configured as virtual hosts on the same machine.
8384 *
8385 * This affects the following:
8386 * - MWHttpRequest: If a request is to be made to a domain listed here, or any
8387 * subdomain thereof, then no proxy will be used.
8388 * Command-line scripts are not affected by this setting and will always use
8389 * the proxy if it is configured.
8390 *
8391 * @since 1.25
8392 */
8393 $wgLocalVirtualHosts = [];
8394
8395 /**
8396 * Timeout for connections done internally (in seconds)
8397 * Only works for curl
8398 */
8399 $wgHTTPConnectTimeout = 5e0;
8400
8401 /** @} */ # End HTTP client }
8402
8403 /************************************************************************//**
8404 * @name Job queue
8405 * @{
8406 */
8407
8408 /**
8409 * Number of jobs to perform per request. May be less than one in which case
8410 * jobs are performed probabalistically. If this is zero, jobs will not be done
8411 * during ordinary apache requests. In this case, maintenance/runJobs.php should
8412 * be run periodically.
8413 */
8414 $wgJobRunRate = 1;
8415
8416 /**
8417 * When $wgJobRunRate > 0, try to run jobs asynchronously, spawning a new process
8418 * to handle the job execution, instead of blocking the request until the job
8419 * execution finishes.
8420 *
8421 * @since 1.23
8422 */
8423 $wgRunJobsAsync = false;
8424
8425 /**
8426 * Number of rows to update per job
8427 */
8428 $wgUpdateRowsPerJob = 300;
8429
8430 /**
8431 * Number of rows to update per query
8432 */
8433 $wgUpdateRowsPerQuery = 100;
8434
8435 /** @} */ # End job queue }
8436
8437 /************************************************************************//**
8438 * @name Miscellaneous
8439 * @{
8440 */
8441
8442 /**
8443 * Name of the external diff engine to use. Supported values:
8444 * * string: path to an external diff executable
8445 * * false: wikidiff2 PHP/HHVM module if installed, otherwise the default PHP implementation
8446 * * 'wikidiff', 'wikidiff2', and 'wikidiff3' are treated as false for backwards compatibility
8447 */
8448 $wgExternalDiffEngine = false;
8449
8450 /**
8451 * wikidiff2 supports detection of changes in moved paragraphs.
8452 * This setting controls the maximum number of paragraphs to compare before it bails out.
8453 * Supported values:
8454 * * 0: detection of moved paragraphs is disabled
8455 * * int > 0: maximum number of paragraphs to compare
8456 * Note: number of paragraph comparisons is in O(n^2).
8457 * This setting is only effective if the wikidiff2 PHP/HHVM module is used as diffengine.
8458 * See $wgExternalDiffEngine.
8459 *
8460 * @since 1.30
8461 */
8462 $wgWikiDiff2MovedParagraphDetectionCutoff = 0;
8463
8464 /**
8465 * Disable redirects to special pages and interwiki redirects, which use a 302
8466 * and have no "redirected from" link.
8467 *
8468 * @note This is only for articles with #REDIRECT in them. URL's containing a
8469 * local interwiki prefix (or a non-canonical special page name) are still hard
8470 * redirected regardless of this setting.
8471 */
8472 $wgDisableHardRedirects = false;
8473
8474 /**
8475 * LinkHolderArray batch size
8476 * For debugging
8477 */
8478 $wgLinkHolderBatchSize = 1000;
8479
8480 /**
8481 * By default MediaWiki does not register links pointing to same server in
8482 * externallinks dataset, use this value to override:
8483 */
8484 $wgRegisterInternalExternals = false;
8485
8486 /**
8487 * Maximum number of pages to move at once when moving subpages with a page.
8488 */
8489 $wgMaximumMovedPages = 100;
8490
8491 /**
8492 * Fix double redirects after a page move.
8493 * Tends to conflict with page move vandalism, use only on a private wiki.
8494 */
8495 $wgFixDoubleRedirects = false;
8496
8497 /**
8498 * Allow redirection to another page when a user logs in.
8499 * To enable, set to a string like 'Main Page'
8500 */
8501 $wgRedirectOnLogin = null;
8502
8503 /**
8504 * Configuration for processing pool control, for use in high-traffic wikis.
8505 * An implementation is provided in the PoolCounter extension.
8506 *
8507 * This configuration array maps pool types to an associative array. The only
8508 * defined key in the associative array is "class", which gives the class name.
8509 * The remaining elements are passed through to the class as constructor
8510 * parameters.
8511 *
8512 * @par Example using local redis instance:
8513 * @code
8514 * $wgPoolCounterConf = [ 'ArticleView' => [
8515 * 'class' => PoolCounterRedis::class,
8516 * 'timeout' => 15, // wait timeout in seconds
8517 * 'workers' => 1, // maximum number of active threads in each pool
8518 * 'maxqueue' => 5, // maximum number of total threads in each pool
8519 * 'servers' => [ '127.0.0.1' ],
8520 * 'redisConfig' => []
8521 * ] ];
8522 * @endcode
8523 *
8524 * @par Example using C daemon from https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Extension:PoolCounter:
8525 * @code
8526 * $wgPoolCounterConf = [ 'ArticleView' => [
8527 * 'class' => PoolCounter_Client::class,
8528 * 'timeout' => 15, // wait timeout in seconds
8529 * 'workers' => 5, // maximum number of active threads in each pool
8530 * 'maxqueue' => 50, // maximum number of total threads in each pool
8531 * ... any extension-specific options...
8532 * ] ];
8533 * @endcode
8534 */
8535 $wgPoolCounterConf = null;
8536
8537 /**
8538 * To disable file delete/restore temporarily
8539 */
8540 $wgUploadMaintenance = false;
8541
8542 /**
8543 * Associative array mapping namespace IDs to the name of the content model pages in that namespace
8544 * should have by default (use the CONTENT_MODEL_XXX constants). If no special content type is
8545 * defined for a given namespace, pages in that namespace will use the CONTENT_MODEL_WIKITEXT
8546 * (except for the special case of JS and CS pages).
8547 *
8548 * @since 1.21
8549 */
8550 $wgNamespaceContentModels = [];
8551
8552 /**
8553 * How to react if a plain text version of a non-text Content object is requested using
8554 * ContentHandler::getContentText():
8555 *
8556 * * 'ignore': return null
8557 * * 'fail': throw an MWException
8558 * * 'serialize': serialize to default format
8559 *
8560 * @since 1.21
8561 */
8562 $wgContentHandlerTextFallback = 'ignore';
8563
8564 /**
8565 * Set to false to disable use of the database fields introduced by the ContentHandler facility.
8566 * This way, the ContentHandler facility can be used without any additional information in the
8567 * database. A page's content model is then derived solely from the page's title. This however
8568 * means that changing a page's default model (e.g. using $wgNamespaceContentModels) will break
8569 * the page and/or make the content inaccessible. This also means that pages can not be moved to
8570 * a title that would default to a different content model.
8571 *
8572 * Overall, with $wgContentHandlerUseDB = false, no database updates are needed, but content
8573 * handling is less robust and less flexible.
8574 *
8575 * @since 1.21
8576 */
8577 $wgContentHandlerUseDB = true;
8578
8579 /**
8580 * Determines which types of text are parsed as wikitext. This does not imply that these kinds
8581 * of texts are also rendered as wikitext, it only means that links, magic words, etc will have
8582 * the effect on the database they would have on a wikitext page.
8583 *
8584 * @todo On the long run, it would be nice to put categories etc into a separate structure,
8585 * or at least parse only the contents of comments in the scripts.
8586 *
8587 * @since 1.21
8588 */
8589 $wgTextModelsToParse = [
8590 CONTENT_MODEL_WIKITEXT, // Just for completeness, wikitext will always be parsed.
8591 CONTENT_MODEL_JAVASCRIPT, // Make categories etc work, people put them into comments.
8592 CONTENT_MODEL_CSS, // Make categories etc work, people put them into comments.
8593 ];
8594
8595 /**
8596 * Register handlers for specific types of sites.
8597 *
8598 * @since 1.20
8599 */
8600 $wgSiteTypes = [
8601 'mediawiki' => MediaWikiSite::class,
8602 ];
8603
8604 /**
8605 * Whether the page_props table has a pp_sortkey column. Set to false in case
8606 * the respective database schema change was not applied.
8607 * @since 1.23
8608 */
8609 $wgPagePropsHaveSortkey = true;
8610
8611 /**
8612 * Port where you have HTTPS running
8613 * Supports HTTPS on non-standard ports
8614 * @see T67184
8615 * @since 1.24
8616 */
8617 $wgHttpsPort = 443;
8618
8619 /**
8620 * Secret for session storage.
8621 * This should be set in LocalSettings.php, otherwise wgSecretKey will
8622 * be used.
8623 * @since 1.27
8624 */
8625 $wgSessionSecret = false;
8626
8627 /**
8628 * If for some reason you can't install the PHP OpenSSL or mcrypt extensions,
8629 * you can set this to true to make MediaWiki work again at the cost of storing
8630 * sensitive session data insecurely. But it would be much more secure to just
8631 * install the OpenSSL extension.
8632 * @since 1.27
8633 */
8634 $wgSessionInsecureSecrets = false;
8635
8636 /**
8637 * Secret for hmac-based key derivation function (fast,
8638 * cryptographically secure random numbers).
8639 * This should be set in LocalSettings.php, otherwise wgSecretKey will
8640 * be used.
8641 * See also: $wgHKDFAlgorithm
8642 * @since 1.24
8643 */
8644 $wgHKDFSecret = false;
8645
8646 /**
8647 * Algorithm for hmac-based key derivation function (fast,
8648 * cryptographically secure random numbers).
8649 * See also: $wgHKDFSecret
8650 * @since 1.24
8651 */
8652 $wgHKDFAlgorithm = 'sha256';
8653
8654 /**
8655 * Enable page language feature
8656 * Allows setting page language in database
8657 * @var bool
8658 * @since 1.24
8659 */
8660 $wgPageLanguageUseDB = false;
8661
8662 /**
8663 * Global configuration variable for Virtual REST Services.
8664 *
8665 * Use the 'path' key to define automatically mounted services. The value for this
8666 * key is a map of path prefixes to service configuration. The latter is an array of:
8667 * - class : the fully qualified class name
8668 * - options : map of arguments to the class constructor
8669 * Such services will be available to handle queries under their path from the VRS
8670 * singleton, e.g. MediaWikiServices::getInstance()->getVirtualRESTServiceClient();
8671 *
8672 * Auto-mounting example for Parsoid:
8673 *
8674 * $wgVirtualRestConfig['paths']['/parsoid/'] = [
8675 * 'class' => ParsoidVirtualRESTService::class,
8676 * 'options' => [
8677 * 'url' => 'http://localhost:8000',
8678 * 'prefix' => 'enwiki',
8679 * 'domain' => 'en.wikipedia.org'
8680 * ]
8681 * ];
8682 *
8683 * Parameters for different services can also be declared inside the 'modules' value,
8684 * which is to be treated as an associative array. The parameters in 'global' will be
8685 * merged with service-specific ones. The result will then be passed to
8686 * VirtualRESTService::__construct() in the module.
8687 *
8688 * Example config for Parsoid:
8689 *
8690 * $wgVirtualRestConfig['modules']['parsoid'] = [
8691 * 'url' => 'http://localhost:8000',
8692 * 'prefix' => 'enwiki',
8693 * 'domain' => 'en.wikipedia.org',
8694 * ];
8695 *
8696 * @var array
8697 * @since 1.25
8698 */
8699 $wgVirtualRestConfig = [
8700 'paths' => [],
8701 'modules' => [],
8702 'global' => [
8703 # Timeout in seconds
8704 'timeout' => 360,
8705 # 'domain' is set to $wgCanonicalServer in Setup.php
8706 'forwardCookies' => false,
8707 'HTTPProxy' => null
8708 ]
8709 ];
8710
8711 /**
8712 * Controls whether zero-result search queries with suggestions should display results for
8713 * these suggestions.
8714 *
8715 * @var bool
8716 * @since 1.26
8717 */
8718 $wgSearchRunSuggestedQuery = true;
8719
8720 /**
8721 * Where popular password file is located.
8722 *
8723 * Default in core contains 10,000 most popular. This config
8724 * allows you to change which file, in case you want to generate
8725 * a password file with > 10000 entries in it.
8726 *
8727 * @see maintenance/createCommonPasswordCdb.php
8728 * @since 1.27
8729 * @var string path to file
8730 */
8731 $wgPopularPasswordFile = __DIR__ . '/../serialized/commonpasswords.cdb';
8732
8733 /*
8734 * Max time (in seconds) a user-generated transaction can spend in writes.
8735 * If exceeded, the transaction is rolled back with an error instead of being committed.
8736 *
8737 * @var int|bool Disabled if false
8738 * @since 1.27
8739 */
8740 $wgMaxUserDBWriteDuration = false;
8741
8742 /*
8743 * Max time (in seconds) a job-generated transaction can spend in writes.
8744 * If exceeded, the transaction is rolled back with an error instead of being committed.
8745 *
8746 * @var int|bool Disabled if false
8747 * @since 1.30
8748 */
8749 $wgMaxJobDBWriteDuration = false;
8750
8751 /**
8752 * Controls Content-Security-Policy header [Experimental]
8753 *
8754 * @see https://www.w3.org/TR/CSP2/
8755 * @since 1.32
8756 * @var bool|array true to send default version, false to not send.
8757 * If an array, can have parameters:
8758 * 'default-src' If true or array (of additional urls) will set a default-src
8759 * directive, which limits what places things can load from. If false or not
8760 * set, will send a default-src directive allowing all sources.
8761 * 'includeCORS' If true or not set, will include urls from
8762 * $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomains as an allowed load sources.
8763 * 'unsafeFallback' Add unsafe-inline as a script source, as a fallback for
8764 * browsers that do not understand nonce-sources [default on].
8765 * 'script-src' Array of additional places that are allowed to have JS be loaded from.
8766 * 'report-uri' true to use MW api [default], false to disable, string for alternate uri
8767 * @warning May cause slowness on windows due to slow random number generator.
8768 */
8769 $wgCSPHeader = false;
8770
8771 /**
8772 * Controls Content-Security-Policy-Report-Only header
8773 *
8774 * @since 1.32
8775 * @var bool|array Same as $wgCSPHeader
8776 */
8777 $wgCSPReportOnlyHeader = false;
8778
8779 /**
8780 * Mapping of event channels (or channel categories) to EventRelayer configuration.
8781 *
8782 * By setting up a PubSub system (like Kafka) and enabling a corresponding EventRelayer class
8783 * that uses it, MediaWiki can broadcast events to all subscribers. Certain features like WAN
8784 * cache purging and CDN cache purging will emit events to this system. Appropriate listers can
8785 * subscribe to the channel and take actions based on the events. For example, a local daemon
8786 * can run on each CDN cache node and perfom local purges based on the URL purge channel events.
8787 *
8788 * Some extensions may want to use "channel categories" so that different channels can also share
8789 * the same custom relayer instance (e.g. when it's likely to be overriden). They can use
8790 * EventRelayerGroup::getRelayer() based on the category but call notify() on various different
8791 * actual channels. One reason for this would be that some system have very different performance
8792 * vs durability needs, so one system (e.g. Kafka) may not be suitable for all uses.
8793 *
8794 * The 'default' key is for all channels (or channel categories) without an explicit entry here.
8795 *
8796 * @since 1.27
8797 */
8798 $wgEventRelayerConfig = [
8799 'default' => [
8800 'class' => EventRelayerNull::class,
8801 ]
8802 ];
8803
8804 /**
8805 * Share data about this installation with MediaWiki developers
8806 *
8807 * When set to true, MediaWiki will periodically ping https://www.mediawiki.org/ with basic
8808 * data about this MediaWiki instance. This data includes, for example, the type of system,
8809 * PHP version, and chosen database backend. The Wikimedia Foundation shares this data with
8810 * MediaWiki developers to help guide future development efforts.
8811 *
8812 * For details about what data is sent, see: https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:$wgPingback
8813 *
8814 * @var bool
8815 * @since 1.28
8816 */
8817 $wgPingback = false;
8818
8819 /**
8820 * List of urls which appear often to be triggering CSP reports
8821 * but do not appear to be caused by actual content, but by client
8822 * software inserting scripts (i.e. Ad-Ware).
8823 * List based on results from Wikimedia logs.
8824 *
8825 * @since 1.28
8826 */
8827 $wgCSPFalsePositiveUrls = [
8828 'https://3hub.co' => true,
8829 'https://morepro.info' => true,
8830 'https://p.ato.mx' => true,
8831 'https://s.ato.mx' => true,
8832 'https://adserver.adtech.de' => true,
8833 'https://ums.adtechus.com' => true,
8834 'https://cas.criteo.com' => true,
8835 'https://cat.nl.eu.criteo.com' => true,
8836 'https://atpixel.alephd.com' => true,
8837 'https://rtb.metrigo.com' => true,
8838 'https://d5p.de17a.com' => true,
8839 'https://ad.lkqd.net/vpaid/vpaid.js' => true,
8840 ];
8841
8842 /**
8843 * Shortest CIDR limits that can be checked in any individual range check
8844 * at Special:Contributions.
8845 *
8846 * @var array
8847 * @since 1.30
8848 */
8849 $wgRangeContributionsCIDRLimit = [
8850 'IPv4' => 16,
8851 'IPv6' => 32,
8852 ];
8853
8854 /**
8855 * The following variables define 3 user experience levels:
8856 *
8857 * - newcomer: has not yet reached the 'learner' level
8858 *
8859 * - learner: has at least $wgLearnerEdits and has been
8860 * a member for $wgLearnerMemberSince days
8861 * but has not yet reached the 'experienced' level.
8862 *
8863 * - experienced: has at least $wgExperiencedUserEdits edits and
8864 * has been a member for $wgExperiencedUserMemberSince days.
8865 */
8866 $wgLearnerEdits = 10;
8867 $wgLearnerMemberSince = 4; # days
8868 $wgExperiencedUserEdits = 500;
8869 $wgExperiencedUserMemberSince = 30; # days
8870
8871 /**
8872 * Mapping of interwiki index prefixes to descriptors that
8873 * can be used to change the display of interwiki search results.
8874 *
8875 * Descriptors are appended to CSS classes of interwiki results
8876 * which using InterwikiSearchResultWidget.
8877 *
8878 * Predefined descriptors include the following words:
8879 * definition, textbook, news, quotation, book, travel, course
8880 *
8881 * @par Example:
8882 * @code
8883 * $wgInterwikiPrefixDisplayTypes = [
8884 * 'iwprefix' => 'definition'
8885 *];
8886 * @endcode
8887 */
8888 $wgInterwikiPrefixDisplayTypes = [];
8889
8890 /**
8891 * Comment table schema migration stage.
8892 * @since 1.30
8893 * @var int One of the MIGRATION_* constants
8894 */
8895 $wgCommentTableSchemaMigrationStage = MIGRATION_OLD;
8896
8897 /**
8898 * RevisionStore table schema migration stage (content, slots, content_models & slot_roles tables)
8899 *
8900 * @see Task: https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/T174028
8901 * @see Commit: https://gerrit.wikimedia.org/r/#/c/378724/
8902 *
8903 * @since 1.32
8904 * @var int One of the MIGRATION_* constants
8905 */
8906 $wgMultiContentRevisionSchemaMigrationStage = MIGRATION_OLD;
8907
8908 /**
8909 * Actor table schema migration stage.
8910 * @since 1.31
8911 * @var int One of the MIGRATION_* constants
8912 */
8913 $wgActorTableSchemaMigrationStage = MIGRATION_OLD;
8914
8915 /**
8916 * Temporary option to disable the date picker from the Expiry Widget.
8917 *
8918 * @since 1.32
8919 * @deprecated 1.32
8920 * @var bool
8921 */
8922 $wgExpiryWidgetNoDatePicker = false;
8923
8924 /**
8925 * change_tag table schema migration stage.
8926 *
8927 * - MIGRATION_OLD: Do not use change_tag_def table or ct_tag_id.
8928 * - MIGRATION_WRITE_BOTH: Write to the change_tag_def table and ct_tag_id, but read from
8929 * the old schema. This is different from the formal definition of the constants
8930 * - MIGRATION_WRITE_NEW: Behaves the same as MIGRATION_WRITE_BOTH
8931 * - MIGRATION_NEW: Use the change_tag_def table and ct_tag_id, do not read/write ct_tag
8932 *
8933 * @since 1.32
8934 * @var int One of the MIGRATION_* constants
8935 */
8936 $wgChangeTagsSchemaMigrationStage = MIGRATION_OLD;
8937
8938 /**
8939 * For really cool vim folding this needs to be at the end:
8940 * vim: foldmarker=@{,@} foldmethod=marker
8941 * @}
8942 */